mirror/gcc
2
0
Fork 0
mirror of git://gcc.gnu.org/git/gcc.git synced 2025-03-21 15:41:09 +08:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Initial revision

Browse Source 
From-SVN: r18770
This commit is contained in:
Jeff Law 1998-03-22 21:41:58 -07:00
parent 34b6478b59
commit 1eb3e8442f
86 changed files with 47363 additions and 0 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

226
texinfo/ABOUT-NLS Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
Notes on the GNU Translation Project
************************************
GNU is going international! The GNU Translation Project is a way to
get maintainers, translators, and users all together, so that GNU will
gradually become able to speak many languages. A few packages already
provide translations for their messages.
If you found this `ABOUT-NLS' file inside a GNU distribution, you
may assume that the distributed package does use GNU `gettext'
internally, itself available at your nearest GNU archive site. But you
do *not* need to install GNU `gettext' prior to configuring, installing
or using this package with messages translated.
Installers will find here some useful hints. These notes also
explain how users should proceed for getting the programs to use the
available translations. They tell how people wanting to contribute and
work at translations should contact the appropriate team.
When reporting bugs in the `intl/' directory or bugs which may be
related to internationalization, you should tell about the version of
`gettext' which is used. The information can be found in the
`intl/VERSION' file, in internationalized packages.
One advise in advance
=====================
If you want to exploit the full power of internationalization, you
should configure it using
./configure --with-included-gettext
to force usage of internationalizing routines provided within this
package, despite the existence of internationalizing capabilities in
the operating system where this package is being installed. So far, no
prior implementation provides as many useful features (such as locale
alias or message inheritance). It is also not possible to offer this
additional functionality on top of a `catgets' implementation. Future
versions of GNU `gettext' will very likely convey even more
functionality. So it might be a good idea to change to GNU `gettext'
as soon as possible.
INSTALL Matters
===============
Some GNU packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the
programs they contain can be made to speak your own native language.
Most such packages use GNU `gettext'. Other packages have their own
ways to internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'.
By default, this package will be installed to allow translation of
messages. It will automatically detect whether the system provides
usable `catgets' (if using this is selected by the installer) or
`gettext' functions. If neither is available, the GNU `gettext' own
library will be used. This library is wholly contained within this
package, usually in the `intl/' subdirectory, so prior installation of
the GNU `gettext' package is *not* required. Installers may use
special options at configuration time for changing the default
behaviour. The commands:
./configure --with-included-gettext
./configure --with-catgets
./configure --disable-nls
will respectively bypass any pre-existing `catgets' or `gettext' to use
the internationalizing routines provided within this package, enable
the use of the `catgets' functions (if found on the locale system), or
else, *totally* disable translation of messages.
When you already have GNU `gettext' installed on your system and run
configure without an option for your new package, `configure' will
probably detect the previously built and installed `libintl.a' file and
will decide to use this. This might be not what is desirable. You
should use the more recent version of the GNU `gettext' library. I.e.
if the file `intl/VERSION' shows that the library which comes with this
package is more recent, you should use
./configure --with-included-gettext
to prevent auto-detection.
By default the configuration process will not test for the `catgets'
function and therefore they will not be used. The reasons are already
given above: the emulation on top of `catgets' cannot provide all the
extensions provided by the GNU `gettext' library. If you nevertheless
want to use the `catgets' functions use
./configure --with-catgets
to enable the test for `catgets' (this causes no harm if `catgets' is
not available on your system). If you really select this option we
would like to hear about the reasons because we cannot think of any
good one ourself.
Internationalized packages have usually many `po/LL.po' files, where
LL gives an ISO 639 two-letter code identifying the language. Unless
translations have been forbidden at `configure' time by using the
`--disable-nls' switch, all available translations are installed
together with the package. However, the environment variable `LINGUAS'
may be set, prior to configuration, to limit the installed set.
`LINGUAS' should then contain a space separated list of two-letter
codes, stating which languages are allowed.
Using This Package
==================
As a user, if your language has been installed for this package, you
only have to set the `LANG' environment variable to the appropriate
ISO 639 `LL' two-letter code prior to using the programs in the
package. For example, let's suppose that you speak German. At the
shell prompt, merely execute `setenv LANG de' (in `csh'),
`export LANG; LANG=de' (in `sh') or `export LANG=de' (in `bash'). This
can be done from your `.login' or `.profile' file, once and for all.
An operating system might already offer message localization for
many of its programs, while other programs (whether GNU or not) have
been installed locally with the full capabilities of GNU `gettext'.
Just using `gettext' extended syntax for `LANG' would break proper
localization of already available operating system programs. In this
case, users should set both `LANGUAGE' and `LANG' variables in their
environment, as programs using GNU `gettext' give preference to
`LANGUAGE'. For example, some Swedish users would rather read
translations in German than English for when Swedish is not available.
This is easily accomplished by setting `LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while
leaving `LANG' to `sv'.
Translating Teams
=================
For the GNU Translation Project to be a success, we need interested
people who like their own language and write it well, and who are also
able to synergize with other translators speaking the same language.
Each translation team has its own mailing list, courtesy of Linux
International. You may reach your translation team at the address
`LL@li.org', replacing LL by the two-letter ISO 639 code for your
language. Language codes are *not* the same as the country codes given
in ISO 3166. The following translation teams exist, as of February
1997:
Arabic `ar', Chinese `zh', Czech `cs', Danish `da', Dutch `nl',
English `en', Esperanto `eo', Finnish `fi', French `fr', German
`de', Greek `el', Hebrew `he', Hungarian `hu', Irish `ga', Italian
`it', Indonesian `id', Japanese `ja', Korean `ko', Latin `la',
Norwegian `no', Persian `fa', Polish `pl', Portuguese `pt',
Russian `ru', Slovenian `sl', Spanish `es', Swedish `sv', Telugu
`te', Turkish `tr' and Ukrainian `uk'.
For example, you may reach the Chinese translation team by writing to
`zh@li.org'.
If you'd like to volunteer to *work* at translating messages, you
should become a member of the translating team for your own language.
The subscribing address is *not* the same as the list itself, it has
`-request' appended. For example, speakers of Swedish can send a
message to `sv-request@li.org', having this message body:
subscribe
Keep in mind that team members are expected to participate
*actively* in translations, or at solving translational difficulties,
rather than merely lurking around. If your team does not exist yet and
you want to start one, or if you are unsure about what to do or how to
get started, please write to `gnu-translation@gnu.ai.mit.edu' to reach
the GNU coordinator for all translator teams.
The English team is special. It works at improving and uniformizing
the terminology used in GNU. Proven linguistic skill are praised more
than programming skill, here. For the time being, please avoid
subscribing to the English team unless explicitly invited to do so.
Available Packages
==================
Languages are not equally supported in all GNU packages. The
following matrix shows the current state of GNU internationalization,
as of February 1997. The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for
which languages PO files have been submitted to translation
coordination.
Ready PO files cs de en es fi fr ja ko nl no pl pt sl sv
.-------------------------------------------.
bash | [] [] [] | 3
bison | [] [] [] | 3
clisp | [] [] [] | 3
cpio | [] [] [] [] [] | 5
diffutils | [] [] [] [] | 4
enscript | [] [] [] [] [] | 5
fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 8
findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 7
flex | [] [] [] | 3
gcal | [] [] [] | 3
gettext | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 11
grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 8
hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 10
id-utils | [] [] | 2
indent | [] [] | 2
libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 7
m4 | [] [] [] [] [] | 5
make | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 6
music | [] | 1
ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 8
recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 8
sh-utils | [] [] [] [] [] | 5
sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] | 5
tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 9
texinfo | | 0
textutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 6
wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 8
`-------------------------------------------'
14 languages cs de en es fi fr ja ko nl no pl pt sl sv
27 packages 1 22 1 14 1 25 1 10 20 7 14 7 7 15 145
Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of
visible blocks let us expect. This is because a few extra PO files are
used for implementing regional variants of languages, or language
dialects.
For a PO file in the matrix above to be effective, the package to
which it applies should also have been internationalized and
distributed as such by its maintainer. There might be an observable
lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a
GNU distribution.
If February 1997 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy
of this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites.

3
texinfo/AUTHORS Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
Richard Stallman, Brian Fox, Bob Chassell, Noah Friedman, Paul Rubin,
Karl Berry, and no doubt many others.

15
texinfo/Makefile.am Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
## Makefile.am for texinfo.
## $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.1 1998/03/23 04:42:02 law Exp $
## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in in all directories.
## Be sure we're using the right version of Automake.
AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.1p
# Additional files to distribute.
EXTRA_DIST = INTRODUCTION dir-example README-alpha
# All subdirectories.
# Do intl/ and lib/ first since the C programs depend on them.
# Do doc/ last so makeinfo will be built when we get there.
# Others are alphabetical.
SUBDIRS = intl lib emacs info makeinfo po util doc

11
texinfo/README-alpha Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
Please report bugs in this alpha distribution to
texinfo-pretest@cs.umb.edu
rather than bug-texinfo@prep. Thanks.
You can get on texinfo-pretest, if you're not already,
by sending a message whose body is
subscribe you@your.preferred.email.address
to texinfo-pretest-request@cs.umb.edu.
And you can get off the list by sending an unsubscribe message.
(I use majordomo to maintain the list.)

9
texinfo/THANKS Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
Thanks to these contributors and many more ...
Dave Love
Donald Knuth
Erick Branderhorst
Karl Eichwalder
Laurent Bourbeau
Stephen Gildea
William Bader

51
texinfo/acconfig.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
/* acconfig.h
This file is in the public domain.
Descriptive text for the C preprocessor macros that
the distributed Autoconf macros can define.
No software package will use all of them; autoheader copies the ones
your configure.in uses into your configuration header file templates.
The entries are in sort -df order: alphabetical, case insensitive,
ignoring punctuation (such as underscores). Although this order
can split up related entries, it makes it easier to check whether
a given entry is in the file.
Leave the following blank line there!! Autoheader needs it. */
@TOP@
/* Define to 1 if NLS is requested. */
#undef ENABLE_NLS
/* Define as 1 if you have catgets and don't want to use GNU gettext. */
#undef HAVE_CATGETS
/* Define as 1 if you have gettext and don't want to use GNU gettext. */
#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
/* Define if your locale.h file contains LC_MESSAGES. */
#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
/* Define as 1 if you have the stpcpy function. */
#undef HAVE_STPCPY
/* Define to the name of the distribution. */
#undef PACKAGE
/* Define to the version of the distribution. */
#undef VERSION
@BOTTOM@
/* For gettext (NLS) */
#include <libintl.h>
#define _(String) gettext (String)
#define N_(String) (String)
/* Leave that blank line there!! Autoheader needs it.
If you're adding to this file, keep in mind:
The entries are in sort -df order: alphabetical, case insensitive,
ignoring punctuation (such as underscores). */

349
texinfo/acinclude.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
# Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
# serial 2
AC_DEFUN(AM_WITH_NLS,
[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
dnl Default is enabled NLS
AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
[ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support],
USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS)
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
[ --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library. Figure out what
dnl to use. If gettext or catgets are available (in this order) we
dnl use this. Else we have to fall back to GNU NLS library.
dnl catgets is only used if permitted by option --with-catgets.
nls_cv_header_intl=
nls_cv_header_libgt=
CATOBJEXT=NONE
AC_CHECK_HEADER(libintl.h,
[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gettext_libc,
[AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>], [return (int) gettext ("")],
gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=yes, gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=no)])
if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" != "yes"; then
AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, bindtextdomain,
[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libintl],
gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl,
[AC_TRY_LINK([], [return (int) gettext ("")],
gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=yes,
gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no)])])
fi
if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" = "yes" \
|| test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT)
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)dnl
if test "$MSGFMT" != "no"; then
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(dcgettext)
AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
AC_TRY_LINK(, [extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
return _nl_msg_cat_cntr],
[CATOBJEXT=.gmo
DATADIRNAME=share],
[CATOBJEXT=.mo
DATADIRNAME=lib])
INSTOBJEXT=.mo
fi
fi
])
if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether catgets can be used])
AC_ARG_WITH(catgets,
[ --with-catgets use catgets functions if available],
nls_cv_use_catgets=$withval, nls_cv_use_catgets=no)
AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_use_catgets)
if test "$nls_cv_use_catgets" = "yes"; then
dnl No gettext in C library. Try catgets next.
AC_CHECK_LIB(i, main)
AC_CHECK_FUNC(catgets,
[AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CATGETS)
INTLOBJS="\$(CATOBJS)"
AC_PATH_PROG(GENCAT, gencat, no)dnl
if test "$GENCAT" != "no"; then
AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, no)
if test "$GMSGFMT" = "no"; then
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(GMSGFMT, msgfmt,
[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)
fi
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
CATOBJEXT=.cat
INSTOBJEXT=.cat
DATADIRNAME=lib
INTLDEPS="../intl/libintl.a"
INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
fi])
fi
fi
if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
dnl Neither gettext nor catgets in included in the C library.
dnl Fall back on GNU gettext library.
nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
fi
fi
if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], msgfmt)
AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
AC_SUBST(MSGFMT)
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
CATOBJEXT=.gmo
INSTOBJEXT=.mo
DATADIRNAME=share
INTLDEPS="../intl/libintl.a"
INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
fi
dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
dnl Makefiles still can work.
if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null 2> /dev/null; then
: ;
else
AC_MSG_RESULT(
[found xgettext programs is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
XGETTEXT=":"
fi
fi
# We need to process the po/ directory.
POSUB=po
else
DATADIRNAME=share
nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
fi
# If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set USE_NLS to `yes'
# because some of the sources are only built for this goal.
if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then
USE_NLS=yes
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
fi
dnl These rules are solely for the distribution goal. While doing this
dnl we only have to keep exactly one list of the available catalogs
dnl in configure.in.
for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo"
POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po"
done
dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
AC_SUBST(CATALOGS)
AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
AC_SUBST(GMOFILES)
AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
AC_SUBST(INTLDEPS)
AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
AC_SUBST(POFILES)
AC_SUBST(POSUB)
])
AC_DEFUN(AM_GNU_GETTEXT,
[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h string.h \
unistd.h values.h])
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getcwd munmap putenv setenv setlocale strchr strcasecmp \
__argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next])
if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy+set}" != "set"; then
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(stpcpy)
fi
if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy}" = "yes"; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STPCPY)
fi
AM_LC_MESSAGES
AM_WITH_NLS
if test "x$CATOBJEXT" != "x"; then
if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then
LINGUAS=
else
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for catalogs to be installed)
NEW_LINGUAS=
for lang in ${LINGUAS=$ALL_LINGUAS}; do
case "$ALL_LINGUAS" in
*$lang*) NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $lang" ;;
esac
done
LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS
AC_MSG_RESULT($LINGUAS)
fi
dnl Construct list of names of catalog files to be constructed.
if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then
for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done
fi
fi
dnl Determine which catalog format we have (if any is needed)
dnl For now we know about two different formats:
dnl Linux libc-5 and the normal X/Open format
test -d intl || mkdir intl
if test "$CATOBJEXT" = ".cat"; then
AC_CHECK_HEADER(linux/version.h, msgformat=linux, msgformat=xopen)
dnl Transform the SED scripts while copying because some dumb SEDs
dnl cannot handle comments.
sed -e '/^#/d' $srcdir/intl/$msgformat-msg.sed > intl/po2msg.sed
fi
dnl po2tbl.sed is always needed.
sed -e '/^#.*[^\\]$/d' -e '/^#$/d' \
$srcdir/intl/po2tbl.sed.in > intl/po2tbl.sed
dnl In the intl/Makefile.in we have a special dependency which makes
dnl only sense for gettext. We comment this out for non-gettext
dnl packages.
if test "$PACKAGE" = "gettext"; then
GT_NO="#NO#"
GT_YES=
else
GT_NO=
GT_YES="#YES#"
fi
AC_SUBST(GT_NO)
AC_SUBST(GT_YES)
dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly
dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but ($top_srcdir).
dnl Try to locate is.
MKINSTALLDIRS=
if test $ac_aux_dir; then
MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs"
fi
if test -z $MKINSTALLDIRS; then
MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs"
fi
AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS)
dnl *** For now the libtool support in intl/Makefile is not for real.
l=
AC_SUBST(l)
dnl Generate list of files to be processed by xgettext which will
dnl be included in po/Makefile.
test -d po || mkdir po
if test "x$srcdir" != "x."; then
if test "x`echo $srcdir | sed 's@/.*@@'`" = "x"; then
posrcprefix="$srcdir/"
else
posrcprefix="../$srcdir/"
fi
else
posrcprefix="../"
fi
sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^\$/d" -e "s,.*, $posrcprefix& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" \
< $srcdir/po/POTFILES.in > po/POTFILES
])
# Search path for a program which passes the given test.
# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
# serial 1
dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR,
dnl TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]])
AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST,
[# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word])
AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_$1,
[case "[$]$1" in
/*)
ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path.
;;
*)
IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do
test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
if [$3]; then
ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
break
fi
fi
done
IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset,
dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking.
ifelse([$4], , , [ test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4"
])dnl
;;
esac])dnl
$1="$ac_cv_path_$1"
if test -n "[$]$1"; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$1)
else
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
fi
AC_SUBST($1)dnl
])
# Check whether LC_MESSAGES is available in <locale.h>.
# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
# serial 1
AC_DEFUN(AM_LC_MESSAGES,
[if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for LC_MESSAGES], am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES,
[AC_TRY_LINK([#include <locale.h>], [return LC_MESSAGES],
am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes, am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no)])
if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LC_MESSAGES)
fi
fi])

713
texinfo/config.guess vendored Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,713 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
# Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
#
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# Written by Per Bothner <bothner@cygnus.com>.
# The master version of this file is at the FSF in /home/gd/gnu/lib.
#
# This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to
# config.sub. If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and
# exits with 0. Otherwise, it exits with 1.
#
# The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you
# don't specify an explicit system type (host/target name).
#
# Only a few systems have been added to this list; please add others
# (but try to keep the structure clean).
#
# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe.
# (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 8/24/94.)
if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH
fi
UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown
UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown
UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown
UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown
trap 'rm -f dummy.c dummy.o dummy; exit 1' 1 2 15
# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive.
case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
alpha:OSF1:*:*)
# A Vn.n version is a released version.
# A Tn.n version is a released field test version.
# A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel.
# 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r.
echo alpha-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[VTX]//'`
exit 0 ;;
21064:Windows_NT:50:3)
echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5
exit 0 ;;
Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*)
echo m68k-cbm-sysv4
exit 0;;
amiga:NetBSD:*:*)
echo m68k-cbm-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
amiga:OpenBSD:*:*)
echo m68k-cbm-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*)
echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0;;
SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:*)
echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp
exit 0;;
Pyramid*:OSx*:*:*|MIS*:OSx*:*:*)
# akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE.
if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then
echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3
else
echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd
fi
exit 0 ;;
NILE:*:*:dcosx)
echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4
exit 0 ;;
sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*)
echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
exit 0 ;;
i86pc:SunOS:5.*:*)
echo i386-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
exit 0 ;;
sun4*:SunOS:6*:*)
# According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize
# SunOS6. Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but
# it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4.
echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
exit 0 ;;
sun4*:SunOS:*:*)
case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in
Series*|S4*)
UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v`
;;
esac
# Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'.
echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'`
exit 0 ;;
sun3*:SunOS:*:*)
echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
aushp:SunOS:*:*)
echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
atari*:NetBSD:*:*)
echo m68k-atari-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
atari*:OpenBSD:*:*)
echo m68k-atari-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
sun3*:NetBSD:*:*)
echo m68k-sun-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
sun3*:OpenBSD:*:*)
echo m68k-sun-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
mac68k:NetBSD:*:*)
echo m68k-apple-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
mac68k:OpenBSD:*:*)
echo m68k-apple-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
powerpc:machten:*:*)
echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
RISC*:Mach:*:*)
echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3
exit 0 ;;
RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*)
echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*)
echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos)
sed 's/^ //' << EOF >dummy.c
int main (argc, argv) int argc; char **argv; {
#if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB)
#if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV)
printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
#endif
#if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4)
printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
#endif
#if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD)
printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
#endif
#endif
exit (-1);
}
EOF
${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy \
&& ./dummy `echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` \
&& rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0
rm -f dummy.c dummy
echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*)
echo powerpc-harris-powerunix
exit 0 ;;
m88k:CX/UX:7*:*)
echo m88k-harris-cxux7
exit 0 ;;
m88k:*:4*:R4*)
echo m88k-motorola-sysv4
exit 0 ;;
m88k:*:3*:R3*)
echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
exit 0 ;;
AViiON:dgux:*:*)
# DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 -o $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ] ; then
if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx \
-o ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ] ; then
echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
else
echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE}
fi
else echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
fi
exit 0 ;;
M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3)
echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3
exit 0 ;;
M88*:*:R3*:*)
# Delta 88k system running SVR3
echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
exit 0 ;;
XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3)
echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3
exit 0 ;;
Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD)
echo m68k-tektronix-bsd
exit 0 ;;
*:IRIX*:*:*)
echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'`
exit 0 ;;
????????:AIX?:[12].1:2) # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX.
echo romp-ibm-aix # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id
exit 0 ;; # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX '
i?86:AIX:*:*)
echo i386-ibm-aix
exit 0 ;;
*:AIX:2:3)
if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
sed 's/^ //' << EOF >dummy.c
#include <sys/systemcfg.h>
main()
{
if (!__power_pc())
exit(1);
puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5");
exit(0);
}
EOF
${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy && ./dummy && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0
rm -f dummy.c dummy
echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5
elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4
else
echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2
fi
exit 0 ;;
*:AIX:*:4)
if /usr/sbin/lsattr -EHl proc0 | grep POWER >/dev/null 2>&1; then
IBM_ARCH=rs6000
else
IBM_ARCH=powerpc
fi
if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
else
IBM_REV=4.${UNAME_RELEASE}
fi
echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
exit 0 ;;
*:AIX:*:*)
echo rs6000-ibm-aix
exit 0 ;;
ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)
echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4
exit 0 ;;
ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC NetBSD and
echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE} # 4.3 with uname added to
exit 0 ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3
*:BOSX:*:*)
echo rs6000-bull-bosx
exit 0 ;;
DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*)
echo m68k-bull-sysv3
exit 0 ;;
9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*)
echo m68k-hp-bsd
exit 0 ;;
hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*)
echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4
exit 0 ;;
9000/[3478]??:HP-UX:*:*)
case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
9000/31? ) HP_ARCH=m68000 ;;
9000/[34]?? ) HP_ARCH=m68k ;;
9000/7?? | 9000/8?[1679] ) HP_ARCH=hppa1.1 ;;
9000/8?? ) HP_ARCH=hppa1.0 ;;
esac
HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
exit 0 ;;
3050*:HI-UX:*:*)
sed 's/^ //' << EOF >dummy.c
#include <unistd.h>
int
main ()
{
long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
/* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns
true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0. CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct
results, however. */
if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu))
{
switch (cpu)
{
case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
}
}
else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu))
puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
exit (0);
}
EOF
${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy && ./dummy && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0
rm -f dummy.c dummy
echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2
exit 0 ;;
9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* )
echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd
exit 0 ;;
9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*)
echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd
exit 0 ;;
hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* )
echo hppa1.1-hp-osf
exit 0 ;;
hp8??:OSF1:*:*)
echo hppa1.0-hp-osf
exit 0 ;;
i?86:OSF1:*:*)
if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk
else
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1
fi
exit 0 ;;
parisc*:Lites*:*:*)
echo hppa1.1-hp-lites
exit 0 ;;
C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*)
echo c1-convex-bsd
exit 0 ;;
C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*)
if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
then echo c32-convex-bsd
else echo c2-convex-bsd
fi
exit 0 ;;
C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*)
echo c34-convex-bsd
exit 0 ;;
C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*)
echo c38-convex-bsd
exit 0 ;;
C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*)
echo c4-convex-bsd
exit 0 ;;
CRAY*X-MP:*:*:*)
echo xmp-cray-unicos
exit 0 ;;
CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*)
echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \
| sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \
-e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/
exit 0 ;;
CRAY*TS:*:*:*)
echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
CRAY-2:*:*:*)
echo cray2-cray-unicos
exit 0 ;;
F300:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr [A-Z] [a-z] | sed -e 's/\///'`
FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
echo "f300-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
exit 0 ;;
F301:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
echo f301-fujitsu-uxpv`echo $UNAME_RELEASE | sed 's/ .*//'`
exit 0 ;;
hp3[0-9][05]:NetBSD:*:*)
echo m68k-hp-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
hp3[0-9][05]:OpenBSD:*:*)
echo m68k-hp-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
i?86:BSD/386:*:* | *:BSD/OS:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
*:FreeBSD:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
exit 0 ;;
*:NetBSD:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-netbsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
exit 0 ;;
*:OpenBSD:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-openbsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
exit 0 ;;
i*:CYGWIN*:*)
echo i386-pc-cygwin32
exit 0 ;;
p*:CYGWIN*:*)
echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin32
exit 0 ;;
prep*:SunOS:5.*:*)
echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
exit 0 ;;
*:GNU:*:*)
echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,-.*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`
exit 0 ;;
*:Linux:*:*)
# The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so
# first see if it will tell us.
ld_help_string=`ld --help 2>&1`
if echo "$ld_help_string" | grep >/dev/null 2>&1 "supported emulations: elf_i.86"; then
echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnu" ; exit 0
elif echo "$ld_help_string" | grep >/dev/null 2>&1 "supported emulations: i.86linux"; then
echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0
elif echo "$ld_help_string" | grep >/dev/null 2>&1 "supported emulations: i.86coff"; then
echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff" ; exit 0
elif echo "$ld_help_string" | grep >/dev/null 2>&1 "supported emulations: m68kelf"; then
echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu" ; exit 0
elif echo "$ld_help_string" | grep >/dev/null 2>&1 "supported emulations: m68klinux"; then
echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0
elif echo "$ld_help_string" | grep >/dev/null 2>&1 "supported emulations: elf32ppc"; then
echo "powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu" ; exit 0
elif test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "alpha" ; then
echo alpha-unknown-linux-gnu ; exit 0
elif test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "sparc" ; then
echo sparc-unknown-linux-gnu ; exit 0
elif test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "mips" ; then
cat >dummy.c <<EOF
main(argc, argv)
int argc;
char *argv[];
{
#ifdef __MIPSEB__
printf ("%s-unknown-linux-gnu\n", argv[1]);
#endif
#ifdef __MIPSEL__
printf ("%sel-unknown-linux-gnu\n", argv[1]);
#endif
return 0;
}
EOF
${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy 2>/dev/null && ./dummy "${UNAME_MACHINE}" && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0
rm -f dummy.c dummy
else
# Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld) or one that does not give us
# useful --help. Gcc wants to distinguish between linux-gnuoldld and linux-gnuaout.
test ! -d /usr/lib/ldscripts/. \
&& echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld" && exit 0
# Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf
cat >dummy.c <<EOF
main(argc, argv)
int argc;
char *argv[];
{
#ifdef __ELF__
printf ("%s-pc-linux-gnu\n", argv[1]);
#else
printf ("%s-pc-linux-gnuaout\n", argv[1]);
#endif
return 0;
}
EOF
${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy 2>/dev/null && ./dummy "${UNAME_MACHINE}" && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0
rm -f dummy.c dummy
fi ;;
# ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there. earlier versions
# are messed up and put the nodename in both sysname and nodename.
i?86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*)
echo i386-sequent-sysv4
exit 0 ;;
i?86:*:4.*:* | i?86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*)
if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
else
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
fi
exit 0 ;;
i?86:*:3.2:*)
if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then
UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' </usr/options/cb.name`
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-isc$UNAME_REL
elif /bin/uname -X 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|egrep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')`
(/bin/uname -X|egrep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486
(/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \
&& UNAME_MACHINE=i586
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sco$UNAME_REL
else
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32
fi
exit 0 ;;
Intel:Mach:3*:*)
echo i386-pc-mach3
exit 0 ;;
paragon:*:*:*)
echo i860-intel-osf1
exit 0 ;;
i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4
if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4
else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered.
echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Unknown i860-SVR4
fi
exit 0 ;;
mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*)
# "miniframe"
echo m68010-convergent-sysv
exit 0 ;;
M68*:*:R3V[567]*:*)
test -r /sysV68 && echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv' && exit 0 ;;
3[34]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0)
OS_REL=''
test -r /etc/.relid \
&& OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
&& echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL} && exit 0
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
&& echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL} && exit 0 ;;
3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*)
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
&& echo i486-ncr-sysv4 && exit 0 ;;
m68*:LynxOS:2.*:*)
echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
echo m68k-atari-sysv4
exit 0 ;;
i?86:LynxOS:2.*:*)
echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*)
echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:*)
echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*)
echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
RM*:SINIX-*:*:*)
echo mips-sni-sysv4
exit 0 ;;
*:SINIX-*:*:*)
if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sni-sysv4
else
echo ns32k-sni-sysv
fi
exit 0 ;;
PENTIUM:CPunix:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort
# says <Richard.M.Bartel@ccMail.Census.GOV>
echo i586-unisys-sysv4
exit 0 ;;
*:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*)
# From Gerald Hewes <hewes@openmarket.com>.
# How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm
echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4
exit 0 ;;
*:*:*:FTX*)
# From seanf@swdc.stratus.com.
echo i860-stratus-sysv4
exit 0 ;;
mc68*:A/UX:*:*)
echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
R3000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:*)
if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then
echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
else
echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
fi
exit 0 ;;
esac
#echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2
#echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2
cat >dummy.c <<EOF
#ifdef _SEQUENT_
# include <sys/types.h>
# include <sys/utsname.h>
#endif
main ()
{
#if defined (sony)
#if defined (MIPSEB)
/* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos". Perhaps BFD should be changed,
I don't know.... */
printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0);
#else
#include <sys/param.h>
printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n",
#ifdef NEWSOS4
"4"
#else
""
#endif
); exit (0);
#endif
#endif
#if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix)
printf ("arm-acorn-riscix"); exit (0);
#endif
#if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux)
printf ("m68k-hp-bsd\n"); exit (0);
#endif
#if defined (NeXT)
#if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__)
#define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k"
#endif
int version;
version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`;
printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
exit (0);
#endif
#if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16)
#if defined (UMAXV)
printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0);
#else
#if defined (CMU)
printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0);
#else
printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0);
#endif
#endif
#endif
#if defined (__386BSD__)
printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0);
#endif
#if defined (sequent)
#if defined (i386)
printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
#endif
#if defined (ns32000)
printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
#endif
#endif
#if defined (_SEQUENT_)
struct utsname un;
uname(&un);
if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) {
printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0);
}
if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */
printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0);
}
printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0);
#endif
#if defined (vax)
#if !defined (ultrix)
printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
#else
printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0);
#endif
#endif
#if defined (alliant) && defined (i860)
printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0);
#endif
exit (1);
}
EOF
${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy 2>/dev/null && ./dummy && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0
rm -f dummy.c dummy
# Apollos put the system type in the environment.
test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit 0; }
# Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1)
if [ -x /usr/convex/getsysinfo ]
then
case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in
c1*)
echo c1-convex-bsd
exit 0 ;;
c2*)
if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
then echo c32-convex-bsd
else echo c2-convex-bsd
fi
exit 0 ;;
c34*)
echo c34-convex-bsd
exit 0 ;;
c38*)
echo c38-convex-bsd
exit 0 ;;
c4*)
echo c4-convex-bsd
exit 0 ;;
esac
fi
#echo '(Unable to guess system type)' 1>&2
exit 1

248
texinfo/config.h.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
/* config.h.in. Generated automatically from configure.in by autoheader. */
/* acconfig.h
This file is in the public domain.
Descriptive text for the C preprocessor macros that
the distributed Autoconf macros can define.
No software package will use all of them; autoheader copies the ones
your configure.in uses into your configuration header file templates.
The entries are in sort -df order: alphabetical, case insensitive,
ignoring punctuation (such as underscores). Although this order
can split up related entries, it makes it easier to check whether
a given entry is in the file.
Leave the following blank line there!! Autoheader needs it. */
/* Define if using alloca.c. */
#undef C_ALLOCA
/* Define to empty if the keyword does not work. */
#undef const
/* Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67 for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems.
This function is required for alloca.c support on those systems. */
#undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
/* Define if you have alloca, as a function or macro. */
#undef HAVE_ALLOCA
/* Define if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix). */
#undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
/* Define if you don't have vprintf but do have _doprnt. */
#undef HAVE_DOPRNT
/* Define if you have a working `mmap' system call. */
#undef HAVE_MMAP
/* Define if you have the vprintf function. */
#undef HAVE_VPRINTF
/* Define as __inline if that's what the C compiler calls it. */
#undef inline
/* Define if on MINIX. */
#undef _MINIX
/* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
#undef off_t
/* Define if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except
with this defined. */
#undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE
/* Define if you need to in order for stat and other things to work. */
#undef _POSIX_SOURCE
/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (int or void). */
#undef RETSIGTYPE
/* Define if the setvbuf function takes the buffering type as its second
argument and the buffer pointer as the third, as on System V
before release 3. */
#undef SETVBUF_REVERSED
/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
#undef size_t
/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
automatically deduced at run-time.
STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown
*/
#undef STACK_DIRECTION
/* Define if you have the ANSI C header files. */
#undef STDC_HEADERS
/* Define if your <sys/time.h> declares struct tm. */
#undef TM_IN_SYS_TIME
/* Define to 1 if NLS is requested. */
#undef ENABLE_NLS
/* Define as 1 if you have catgets and don't want to use GNU gettext. */
#undef HAVE_CATGETS
/* Define as 1 if you have gettext and don't want to use GNU gettext. */
#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
/* Define if your locale.h file contains LC_MESSAGES. */
#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
/* Define as 1 if you have the stpcpy function. */
#undef HAVE_STPCPY
/* Define to the name of the distribution. */
#undef PACKAGE
/* Define to the version of the distribution. */
#undef VERSION
/* Define if you have the __argz_count function. */
#undef HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
/* Define if you have the __argz_next function. */
#undef HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
/* Define if you have the __argz_stringify function. */
#undef HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
/* Define if you have the bzero function. */
#undef HAVE_BZERO
/* Define if you have the dcgettext function. */
#undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT
/* Define if you have the getcwd function. */
#undef HAVE_GETCWD
/* Define if you have the getpagesize function. */
#undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
/* Define if you have the memcpy function. */
#undef HAVE_MEMCPY
/* Define if you have the memmove function. */
#undef HAVE_MEMMOVE
/* Define if you have the memset function. */
#undef HAVE_MEMSET
/* Define if you have the munmap function. */
#undef HAVE_MUNMAP
/* Define if you have the putenv function. */
#undef HAVE_PUTENV
/* Define if you have the setenv function. */
#undef HAVE_SETENV
/* Define if you have the setlocale function. */
#undef HAVE_SETLOCALE
/* Define if you have the setvbuf function. */
#undef HAVE_SETVBUF
/* Define if you have the sigprocmask function. */
#undef HAVE_SIGPROCMASK
/* Define if you have the sigsetmask function. */
#undef HAVE_SIGSETMASK
/* Define if you have the stpcpy function. */
#undef HAVE_STPCPY
/* Define if you have the strcasecmp function. */
#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
/* Define if you have the strchr function. */
#undef HAVE_STRCHR
/* Define if you have the strdup function. */
#undef HAVE_STRDUP
/* Define if you have the strerror function. */
#undef HAVE_STRERROR
/* Define if you have the <argz.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_ARGZ_H
/* Define if you have the <fcntl.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_FCNTL_H
/* Define if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_LIMITS_H
/* Define if you have the <locale.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_LOCALE_H
/* Define if you have the <malloc.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_MALLOC_H
/* Define if you have the <nl_types.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H
/* Define if you have the <pwd.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_PWD_H
/* Define if you have the <string.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STRING_H
/* Define if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
/* Define if you have the <sys/fcntl.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H
/* Define if you have the <sys/file.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_FILE_H
/* Define if you have the <sys/ptem.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_PTEM_H
/* Define if you have the <sys/time.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
/* Define if you have the <sys/ttold.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_TTOLD_H
/* Define if you have the <sys/wait.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
/* Define if you have the <termcap.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_TERMCAP_H
/* Define if you have the <termio.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_TERMIO_H
/* Define if you have the <termios.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_TERMIOS_H
/* Define if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
/* Define if you have the <values.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_VALUES_H
/* Define if you have the bsd library (-lbsd). */
#undef HAVE_LIBBSD
/* Define if you have the i library (-li). */
#undef HAVE_LIBI
/* For gettext (NLS) */
#include <libintl.h>
#define _(String) gettext (String)
#define N_(String) (String)
/* Leave that blank line there!! Autoheader needs it.
If you're adding to this file, keep in mind:
The entries are in sort -df order: alphabetical, case insensitive,
ignoring punctuation (such as underscores). */

939
texinfo/config.sub vendored Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,939 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Configuration validation subroutine script, version 1.1.
# Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software.
# The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software
# can handle that machine. It does not imply ALL GNU software can.
#
# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
# Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type.
# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument.
# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1.
# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed.
# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages
# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases
# that are meaningful with *any* GNU software.
# Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations
# it does not support. The user should be able to distinguish
# a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless
# configuration.
# The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given
# machine specification into a single specification in the form:
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# or in some cases, the newer four-part form:
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# It is wrong to echo any other type of specification.
if [ x$1 = x ]
then
echo Configuration name missing. 1>&2
echo "Usage: $0 CPU-MFR-OPSYS" 1>&2
echo "or $0 ALIAS" 1>&2
echo where ALIAS is a recognized configuration type. 1>&2
exit 1
fi
# First pass through any local machine types.
case $1 in
*local*)
echo $1
exit 0
;;
*)
;;
esac
# Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any).
# Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations.
maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'`
case $maybe_os in
linux-gnu*)
os=-$maybe_os
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`
;;
*)
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'`
if [ $basic_machine != $1 ]
then os=`echo $1 | sed 's/.*-/-/'`
else os=; fi
;;
esac
### Let's recognize common machines as not being operating systems so
### that things like config.sub decstation-3100 work. We also
### recognize some manufacturers as not being operating systems, so we
### can provide default operating systems below.
case $os in
-sun*os*)
# Prevent following clause from handling this invalid input.
;;
-dec* | -mips* | -sequent* | -encore* | -pc532* | -sgi* | -sony* | \
-att* | -7300* | -3300* | -delta* | -motorola* | -sun[234]* | \
-unicom* | -ibm* | -next | -hp | -isi* | -apollo | -altos* | \
-convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\
-c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \
-harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \
-apple)
os=
basic_machine=$1
;;
-hiux*)
os=-hiuxwe2
;;
-sco5)
os=sco3.2v5
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
;;
-sco4)
os=-sco3.2v4
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
;;
-sco3.2.[4-9]*)
os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'`
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
;;
-sco3.2v[4-9]*)
# Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
;;
-sco*)
os=-sco3.2v2
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
;;
-isc)
os=-isc2.2
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
;;
-clix*)
basic_machine=clipper-intergraph
;;
-isc*)
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
;;
-lynx*)
os=-lynxos
;;
-ptx*)
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-sequent/'`
;;
-windowsnt*)
os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/windowsnt/winnt/'`
;;
-psos*)
os=-psos
;;
esac
# Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations.
case $basic_machine in
# Recognize the basic CPU types without company name.
# Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below.
tahoe | i860 | m68k | m68000 | m88k | ns32k | arm \
| arme[lb] | pyramid \
| tron | a29k | 580 | i960 | h8300 | hppa | hppa1.0 | hppa1.1 \
| alpha | we32k | ns16k | clipper | i370 | sh \
| powerpc | powerpcle | 1750a | dsp16xx | mips64 | mipsel \
| pdp11 | mips64el | mips64orion | mips64orionel \
| sparc | sparclet | sparclite | sparc64)
basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
;;
# We use `pc' rather than `unknown'
# because (1) that's what they normally are, and
# (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users.
i[3456]86)
basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc
;;
# Object if more than one company name word.
*-*-*)
echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
exit 1
;;
# Recognize the basic CPU types with company name.
vax-* | tahoe-* | i[3456]86-* | i860-* | m68k-* | m68000-* | m88k-* \
| sparc-* | ns32k-* | fx80-* | arm-* | c[123]* \
| mips-* | pyramid-* | tron-* | a29k-* | romp-* | rs6000-* | power-* \
| none-* | 580-* | cray2-* | h8300-* | i960-* | xmp-* | ymp-* \
| hppa-* | hppa1.0-* | hppa1.1-* | alpha-* | we32k-* | cydra-* | ns16k-* \
| pn-* | np1-* | xps100-* | clipper-* | orion-* | sparclite-* \
| pdp11-* | sh-* | powerpc-* | powerpcle-* | sparc64-* | mips64-* | mipsel-* \
| mips64el-* | mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* | f301-*)
;;
# Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand
# for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS.
3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc)
basic_machine=m68000-att
;;
3b*)
basic_machine=we32k-att
;;
alliant | fx80)
basic_machine=fx80-alliant
;;
altos | altos3068)
basic_machine=m68k-altos
;;
am29k)
basic_machine=a29k-none
os=-bsd
;;
amdahl)
basic_machine=580-amdahl
os=-sysv
;;
amiga | amiga-*)
basic_machine=m68k-cbm
;;
amigados)
basic_machine=m68k-cbm
os=-amigados
;;
amigaunix | amix)
basic_machine=m68k-cbm
os=-sysv4
;;
apollo68)
basic_machine=m68k-apollo
os=-sysv
;;
aux)
basic_machine=m68k-apple
os=-aux
;;
balance)
basic_machine=ns32k-sequent
os=-dynix
;;
convex-c1)
basic_machine=c1-convex
os=-bsd
;;
convex-c2)
basic_machine=c2-convex
os=-bsd
;;
convex-c32)
basic_machine=c32-convex
os=-bsd
;;
convex-c34)
basic_machine=c34-convex
os=-bsd
;;
convex-c38)
basic_machine=c38-convex
os=-bsd
;;
cray | ymp)
basic_machine=ymp-cray
os=-unicos
;;
cray2)
basic_machine=cray2-cray
os=-unicos
;;
[ctj]90-cray)
basic_machine=c90-cray
os=-unicos
;;
crds | unos)
basic_machine=m68k-crds
;;
da30 | da30-*)
basic_machine=m68k-da30
;;
decstation | decstation-3100 | pmax | pmax-* | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn)
basic_machine=mips-dec
;;
delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \
| 3300-motorola | delta-motorola)
basic_machine=m68k-motorola
;;
delta88)
basic_machine=m88k-motorola
os=-sysv3
;;
dpx20 | dpx20-*)
basic_machine=rs6000-bull
os=-bosx
;;
dpx2* | dpx2*-bull)
basic_machine=m68k-bull
os=-sysv3
;;
ebmon29k)
basic_machine=a29k-amd
os=-ebmon
;;
elxsi)
basic_machine=elxsi-elxsi
os=-bsd
;;
encore | umax | mmax)
basic_machine=ns32k-encore
;;
fx2800)
basic_machine=i860-alliant
;;
genix)
basic_machine=ns32k-ns
;;
gmicro)
basic_machine=tron-gmicro
os=-sysv
;;
h3050r* | hiux*)
basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
os=-hiuxwe2
;;
h8300hms)
basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
os=-hms
;;
harris)
basic_machine=m88k-harris
os=-sysv3
;;
hp300-*)
basic_machine=m68k-hp
;;
hp300bsd)
basic_machine=m68k-hp
os=-bsd
;;
hp300hpux)
basic_machine=m68k-hp
os=-hpux
;;
hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9])
basic_machine=m68000-hp
;;
hp9k3[2-9][0-9])
basic_machine=m68k-hp
;;
hp9k7[0-9][0-9] | hp7[0-9][0-9] | hp9k8[0-9]7 | hp8[0-9]7)
basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
;;
hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9])
basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
;;
hppa-next)
os=-nextstep3
;;
i370-ibm* | ibm*)
basic_machine=i370-ibm
os=-mvs
;;
# I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means. Should this be sysv3.2?
i[3456]86v32)
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
os=-sysv32
;;
i[3456]86v4*)
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
os=-sysv4
;;
i[3456]86v)
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
os=-sysv
;;
i[3456]86sol2)
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
os=-solaris2
;;
iris | iris4d)
basic_machine=mips-sgi
case $os in
-irix*)
;;
*)
os=-irix4
;;
esac
;;
isi68 | isi)
basic_machine=m68k-isi
os=-sysv
;;
m88k-omron*)
basic_machine=m88k-omron
;;
magnum | m3230)
basic_machine=mips-mips
os=-sysv
;;
merlin)
basic_machine=ns32k-utek
os=-sysv
;;
miniframe)
basic_machine=m68000-convergent
;;
mipsel*-linux*)
basic_machine=mipsel-unknown
os=-linux
;;
mips*-linux*)
basic_machine=mips-unknown
os=-linux
;;
mips3*-*)
basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`
;;
mips3*)
basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown
;;
ncr3000)
basic_machine=i486-ncr
os=-sysv4
;;
news | news700 | news800 | news900)
basic_machine=m68k-sony
os=-newsos
;;
news1000)
basic_machine=m68030-sony
os=-newsos
;;
news-3600 | risc-news)
basic_machine=mips-sony
os=-newsos
;;
next | m*-next )
basic_machine=m68k-next
case $os in
-nextstep* )
;;
-ns2*)
os=-nextstep2
;;
*)
os=-nextstep3
;;
esac
;;
nh3000)
basic_machine=m68k-harris
os=-cxux
;;
nh[45]000)
basic_machine=m88k-harris
os=-cxux
;;
nindy960)
basic_machine=i960-intel
os=-nindy
;;
np1)
basic_machine=np1-gould
;;
pa-hitachi)
basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
os=-hiuxwe2
;;
paragon)
basic_machine=i860-intel
os=-osf
;;
pbd)
basic_machine=sparc-tti
;;
pbb)
basic_machine=m68k-tti
;;
pc532 | pc532-*)
basic_machine=ns32k-pc532
;;
pentium | p5)
basic_machine=i586-intel
;;
pentiumpro | p6)
basic_machine=i686-intel
;;
pentium-* | p5-*)
basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
;;
pentiumpro-* | p6-*)
basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
;;
k5)
# We don't have specific support for AMD's K5 yet, so just call it a Pentium
basic_machine=i586-amd
;;
nexen)
# We don't have specific support for Nexgen yet, so just call it a Pentium
basic_machine=i586-nexgen
;;
pn)
basic_machine=pn-gould
;;
power) basic_machine=rs6000-ibm
;;
ppc) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
;;
ppc-*) basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
;;
ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little)
basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown
;;
ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*)
basic_machine=powerpcle-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
;;
ps2)
basic_machine=i386-ibm
;;
rm[46]00)
basic_machine=mips-siemens
;;
rtpc | rtpc-*)
basic_machine=romp-ibm
;;
sequent)
basic_machine=i386-sequent
;;
sh)
basic_machine=sh-hitachi
os=-hms
;;
sps7)
basic_machine=m68k-bull
os=-sysv2
;;
spur)
basic_machine=spur-unknown
;;
sun2)
basic_machine=m68000-sun
;;
sun2os3)
basic_machine=m68000-sun
os=-sunos3
;;
sun2os4)
basic_machine=m68000-sun
os=-sunos4
;;
sun3os3)
basic_machine=m68k-sun
os=-sunos3
;;
sun3os4)
basic_machine=m68k-sun
os=-sunos4
;;
sun4os3)
basic_machine=sparc-sun
os=-sunos3
;;
sun4os4)
basic_machine=sparc-sun
os=-sunos4
;;
sun4sol2)
basic_machine=sparc-sun
os=-solaris2
;;
sun3 | sun3-*)
basic_machine=m68k-sun
;;
sun4)
basic_machine=sparc-sun
;;
sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner)
basic_machine=i386-sun
;;
symmetry)
basic_machine=i386-sequent
os=-dynix
;;
tower | tower-32)
basic_machine=m68k-ncr
;;
udi29k)
basic_machine=a29k-amd
os=-udi
;;
ultra3)
basic_machine=a29k-nyu
os=-sym1
;;
vaxv)
basic_machine=vax-dec
os=-sysv
;;
vms)
basic_machine=vax-dec
os=-vms
;;
vpp*|vx|vx-*)
basic_machine=f301-fujitsu
;;
vxworks960)
basic_machine=i960-wrs
os=-vxworks
;;
vxworks68)
basic_machine=m68k-wrs
os=-vxworks
;;
vxworks29k)
basic_machine=a29k-wrs
os=-vxworks
;;
xmp)
basic_machine=xmp-cray
os=-unicos
;;
xps | xps100)
basic_machine=xps100-honeywell
;;
none)
basic_machine=none-none
os=-none
;;
# Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types. It is in
# some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular.
mips)
if [ x$os = x-linux ]; then
basic_machine=mips-unknown
else
basic_machine=mips-mips
fi
;;
romp)
basic_machine=romp-ibm
;;
rs6000)
basic_machine=rs6000-ibm
;;
vax)
basic_machine=vax-dec
;;
pdp11)
basic_machine=pdp11-dec
;;
we32k)
basic_machine=we32k-att
;;
sparc)
basic_machine=sparc-sun
;;
cydra)
basic_machine=cydra-cydrome
;;
orion)
basic_machine=orion-highlevel
;;
orion105)
basic_machine=clipper-highlevel
;;
*)
echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
exit 1
;;
esac
# Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers.
case $basic_machine in
*-digital*)
basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/digital.*/dec/'`
;;
*-commodore*)
basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/commodore.*/cbm/'`
;;
*)
;;
esac
# Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems.
if [ x"$os" != x"" ]
then
case $os in
# First match some system type aliases
# that might get confused with valid system types.
# -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception.
-solaris1 | -solaris1.*)
os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'`
;;
-solaris)
os=-solaris2
;;
-unixware* | svr4*)
os=-sysv4
;;
-gnu/linux*)
os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|linux-gnu|'`
;;
# First accept the basic system types.
# The portable systems comes first.
# Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number.
# -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4.
-gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \
| -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\
| -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -solaris* | -sym* \
| -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* | -aos* \
| -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \
| -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \
| -hiux* | -386bsd* | -netbsd* | -openbsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* \
| -lynxos* | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* \
| -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \
| -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \
| -cygwin32* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
| -linux-gnu* | -uxpv*)
# Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number.
;;
-linux*)
os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'`
;;
-sunos5*)
os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'`
;;
-sunos6*)
os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'`
;;
-osfrose*)
os=-osfrose
;;
-osf*)
os=-osf
;;
-utek*)
os=-bsd
;;
-dynix*)
os=-bsd
;;
-acis*)
os=-aos
;;
-ctix* | -uts*)
os=-sysv
;;
-ns2 )
os=-nextstep2
;;
# Preserve the version number of sinix5.
-sinix5.*)
os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'`
;;
-sinix*)
os=-sysv4
;;
-triton*)
os=-sysv3
;;
-oss*)
os=-sysv3
;;
-svr4)
os=-sysv4
;;
-svr3)
os=-sysv3
;;
-sysvr4)
os=-sysv4
;;
# This must come after -sysvr4.
-sysv*)
;;
-xenix)
os=-xenix
;;
-none)
;;
*)
# Get rid of the `-' at the beginning of $os.
os=`echo $os | sed 's/[^-]*-//'`
echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': system \`$os\' not recognized 1>&2
exit 1
;;
esac
else
# Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines.
# The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their
# machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine.
# Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say,
# "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top
# that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system. Otherwise, code above
# will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating
# system, and we'll never get to this point.
case $basic_machine in
*-acorn)
os=-riscix1.2
;;
arm*-semi)
os=-aout
;;
pdp11-*)
os=-none
;;
*-dec | vax-*)
os=-ultrix4.2
;;
m68*-apollo)
os=-domain
;;
i386-sun)
os=-sunos4.0.2
;;
m68000-sun)
os=-sunos3
# This also exists in the configure program, but was not the
# default.
# os=-sunos4
;;
*-tti) # must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os.
os=-sysv3
;;
sparc-* | *-sun)
os=-sunos4.1.1
;;
*-ibm)
os=-aix
;;
*-hp)
os=-hpux
;;
*-hitachi)
os=-hiux
;;
i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent)
os=-sysv
;;
*-cbm)
os=-amigados
;;
*-dg)
os=-dgux
;;
*-dolphin)
os=-sysv3
;;
m68k-ccur)
os=-rtu
;;
m88k-omron*)
os=-luna
;;
*-next )
os=-nextstep
;;
*-sequent)
os=-ptx
;;
*-crds)
os=-unos
;;
*-ns)
os=-genix
;;
i370-*)
os=-mvs
;;
*-next)
os=-nextstep3
;;
*-gould)
os=-sysv
;;
*-highlevel)
os=-bsd
;;
*-encore)
os=-bsd
;;
*-sgi)
os=-irix
;;
*-siemens)
os=-sysv4
;;
*-masscomp)
os=-rtu
;;
f301-fujitsu)
os=-uxpv
;;
*)
os=-none
;;
esac
fi
# Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the
# manufacturer. We pick the logical manufacturer.
vendor=unknown
case $basic_machine in
*-unknown)
case $os in
-riscix*)
vendor=acorn
;;
-sunos*)
vendor=sun
;;
-aix*)
vendor=ibm
;;
-hpux*)
vendor=hp
;;
-hiux*)
vendor=hitachi
;;
-unos*)
vendor=crds
;;
-dgux*)
vendor=dg
;;
-luna*)
vendor=omron
;;
-genix*)
vendor=ns
;;
-mvs*)
vendor=ibm
;;
-ptx*)
vendor=sequent
;;
-vxsim* | -vxworks*)
vendor=wrs
;;
-aux*)
vendor=apple
;;
esac
basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed "s/unknown/$vendor/"`
;;
esac
echo $basic_machine$os

69
texinfo/cygnus/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
# Makefile for Cygnus overrides to Texinfo distribution. -*- Indented-Text -*-
# Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
#### Start of system configuration section. ####
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
LN = ln
RM = rm -f
SHELL = /bin/sh
# We do not use texi2dvi because (a) we need no index, and
# (b) texi2dvi monkeys with TEXINPUTS
TEX = tex
#### End of system configuration section. ####
all: dvi
sub-all:
check:
installcheck:
info:
install-info:
TAGS:
dvi: license.dvi lgpl.dvi
install:
uninstall:
Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status
cd ..; $(SHELL) ./config.status
clean mostlyclean:
$(RM) license.?? license.??? liblic.?? liblic.??? lgpl.?? lgpl.???
distclean realclean: clean
$(RM) Makefile config.status fsf-texi.tex
license.dvi: texiplus.tex texinfo.tex $(srcdir)/../license.texi $(srcdir)/../gpl.texinfo fsf-texi.tex
TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):.:$(srcdir)/.. $(TEX) $(srcdir)/../license.texi
lgpl.dvi: texiplus.tex texinfo.tex $(srcdir)/../liblic.texi $(srcdir)/../lgpl.texinfo fsf-texi.tex
TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):.:$(srcdir)/.. $(TEX) $(srcdir)/../liblic.texi
mv liblic.dvi lgpl.dvi
fsf-texi.tex: $(srcdir)/../texinfo.tex
cp $(srcdir)/../texinfo.tex fsf-texi.tex
force:

7
texinfo/cygnus/texinfo.tex Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
%$Id: texinfo.tex,v 1.1 1998/03/23 04:42:12 law Exp $
% Cover file to permit easy management of FSF texinfo.tex and use of
% Cygnus local revisions.
% First we get the official FSF one:
\input fsf-texi.tex
@c Now we get the Cygnus mods to override things we like to do differently:
@input texiplus.tex

325
texinfo/cygnus/texiplus.tex Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,325 @@
@tex
%% Cygnus revisions to texinfo.tex, TeX macros to handle texinfo files
% Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
%% Maintained at Cygnus Support as:
%%$Id: texiplus.tex,v 1.1 1998/03/23 04:42:12 law Exp $
%This texi+.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
%modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
%published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at
{\let\fsfvn=\texinfoversion
\xdef\texinfoversion{\fsfvn\ (Cygnus)}}
\message{Loading Cygnus texinfo revisions [\texinfoversion]:}
% Print the version number if in a .fmt file.
\everyjob{\message{[Cygnus Texinfo \texinfoversion]}}
\globaldefs=1 % Escape the bounds of @tex/@end tex surrounding us
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%CROPMARKS%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% These differ only slightly from FSF defaults; all crop dimens are
% defined here (whether different or not) for ease in revising.
\cornerlong=1pc\cornerthick=.3pt % These set size of cropmarks
\outerhsize=7in
\outervsize=9in
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\newif\ifdraft\drafttrue % Extra markings; turn off with @finalout
% There are only two small changes to standard \title from texinfo
% (1) to include DRAFT marking on title page unless @finalout
% (2) to include a title-sized \tt font
% However, since \title is local to \titlepage, we have to redefine
% *that* whole damned thing.
%%%%%%%%%%This is sensitive to conflict w/FSF changes!****************
\def\titlepage{\begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts
\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
% I deinstalled the following change because \cmr12 is undefined.
% This change was not in the ChangeLog anyway. --rms.
% \let\subtitlerm=\cmr12
\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}%
%
\def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines}%
%
% Leave some space at the very top of the page.
\vglue\titlepagetopglue
%
% Now you can print the title using @title.
\def\title{\parsearg\titlezzz}%
%changes from FSF only in following line:
\def\titlezzz##1{{\let\tentt=\titlett
\leftline{\titlefont{##1\ifdraft\hfill DRAFT\fi }}}
%end real changes from FSF version
% print a rule at the page bottom also.
\finishedtitlepagefalse
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% The ``width \hsize'' below should be unnecessary, since the rule is
% supposed to default to the smallest enclosing box...but *something*
% in texiplus breaks that default, so we force it to hsize.
\vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt}%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
\finishedtitlepagetrue
%
% Now you can put text using @subtitle.
\def\subtitle{\parsearg\subtitlezzz}%
\def\subtitlezzz##1{{\subtitlefont \rightline{##1}}}%
%
% @author should come last, but may come many times.
\def\author{\parsearg\authorzzz}%
\def\authorzzz##1{\ifseenauthor\else\vskip 0pt plus 1filll\seenauthortrue\fi
{\authorfont \leftline{##1}}}%
%
% Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
% at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second.
\let\oldpage = \page
\def\page{%
\iffinishedtitlepage\else
\finishtitlepage
\fi
\oldpage
\let\page = \oldpage
\hbox{}}%
% \def\page{\oldpage \hbox{}}
}
\def\finishtitlepage{%
% same comment re ``width \hsize'' as on last hrule...
\vskip4pt \hrule width \hsize height 2pt
\vskip\titlepagebottomglue
\finishedtitlepagetrue
}
%%%%%%%%%%end sensitive to conflict w/FSF changes!********************
% Cygnus uses different default page headings and footers
\def\leadline{\ \leaders\hrule height 2.5pt depth -2pt\hfil\ }
\def\manvers{}% Empty default version in case manual doesn't supply
% This is for _explicitly_ turning headers off. Note that we're more
% literal-minded than the FSF: we don't turn off _footers_! This
% means that, unlike with the FSF macros, our ``@headings off'' do not
% return to the default Texinfo heading-state of the document.
% Reconsider if this gives trouble...
\def\HEADINGSoff{
\global\evenheadline={\hfil}
\global\evenfootline={\line{\let\,=\thinspace\ftfnt c\,y\,g\,n\,u\,s\quad s\,u\,p\,p\,o\,r\,t\leadline\manvers}}
\global\oddheadline={\hfil}
\global\oddfootline={\line {\let\,=\thinspace\ftfnt c\,y\,g\,n\,u\,s\quad s\,u\,p\,p\,o\,r\,t\leadline\manvers}}}
% SINGLEPAGE:
\def\HEADINGSsingle{
\global\pageno=1\HEADINGSsinglex}
\def\HEADINGSsinglex{
\global\evenfootline={%
{\let\,=\thinspace\ftfnt c\,y\,g\,n\,u\,s\quad s\,u\,p\,p\,o\,r\,t}%
\leadline\manvers}
\global\oddfootline={%
{\let\,=\thinspace\ftfnt c\,y\,g\,n\,u\,s\quad s\,u\,p\,p\,o\,r\,t}%
\leadline\manvers}
\global\evenheadline={\ftfnt\thischapter\leadline
\ifdraft DRAFT\leadline\fi
\bf\folio}
\global\oddheadline={\ftfnt\thischapter\leadline
\ifdraft DRAFT\leadline\fi
\bf\folio}
}
%
% DOUBLEPAGE:
% use hrule leaders to delimit headings, footings from
% body; timestamp footer; pagenos outside *bottom* to
% permit moving chaptername to outside *top* (for easier
% skimming). 1990 dec 31, pesch@cygnus.com
\def\HEADINGSdouble{
\global\pageno=1\HEADINGSdoublex}
\def\HEADINGSdoublex{
\global\evenfootline={%
{\bf\folio}\ftfnt\leadline\ifdraft DRAFT\quad\fi
\ftfnt\manvers\qquad\today
}
\global\oddfootline={%
{\let\,=\thinspace\ftfnt c\,y\,g\,n\,u\,s\quad s\,u\,p\,p\,o\,r\,t}%
\leadline{\bf\folio}%
}
\global\evenheadline={\ftfnt\thistitle\leadline\ifdraft DRAFT\fi}
\global\oddheadline={\rm\leadline\thischapter}
}
% CHANGE to @finalout ---also use it to remove DRAFT markings from
% title, footers
%% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
%% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
%% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt
%% Also take out ``DRAFT'' markings
\global\draftfalse
}
%Font overrides; we use PostScript when possible.
\font\textrm=pncr scaled \magstephalf
\font\texttt=pcrr
\font\textbf=pncb scaled \magstephalf
\font\textit=pncri scaled \magstephalf
\font\textsl=pcrro
\font\textsf=slcrst at 9.5pt
% FIXME: figure out, test dvips smallcaps kluge
%\font\textsc=Times-SmallCaps scaled \magstephalf
\font\ftfnt=phvr at 8pt % Cygnus Support footer-font
\font\defbf=pncb scaled \magstep1 %was 1314
\font\ninett=pcrr at 9pt
\let\indtt=\ninett
\font\indrm=pncr at 9pt
\font\indit=pncri at 9pt
\font\indsl=pcrro at 9pt
\let\indsf=\indrm
\let\indbf=\indrm
\let\indsc=\indrm
\font\chaprm=pncb at 17pt
\font\chapit=pncbi at 17pt
\font\chapsl=pcrbo at 16pt
\font\chaptt=pcrb at 16pt
\font\chapsf=slcrst at 16pt
\let\chapbf=\chaprm
% \chapfonts mod from FSF vn is to include baselineskip, for the few
% cases where a title chapter overflows its line.
\def\chapfonts{\baselineskip=19pt%
\let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
\let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
\let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy
\resetmathfonts}
\font\secrm=pncb at 14pt
\font\secit=pncbi at 14pt
\font\secsl=pcrbo at 13pt
\font\sectt=pcrb at 13pt
\font\secsf=slcrst at 13pt
\font\secbf=pncb at 14pt
\font\ssecrm=pncr at 13pt
\font\ssecit=pncri at 13pt
\font\ssecsl=pcrro at 12pt
\font\ssectt=pcrr at 12pt
\font\ssecsf=slcrst at 12pt
\font\ssecbf=pncb at 13pt
\font\titlerm=pncb at 21pt
\font\titlett=pcrr at 20pt
\font\authorrm=pncr scaled \magstep2
\font\truesecrm=pncr at 12pt
% Fonts for short table of contents
\font\shortcontrm=pncr at 12pt
\font\shortcontbf=pncb at 12pt
\font\shortcontsl=pncri at 12pt
% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction
% unless the following character is such as not to need one.
\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else\/\fi\fi\fi}
\def\smartitalic#1{{\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
% \smartitalic is used for @emph; FSF keeps trying to make it match
% @var.
%
% \smartslant{ARG} outputs arg in a slanted font, followed by an
% italic correction unless the following character is such as not to need one.
\def\smartslantx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else\/\fi\fi\fi}
\def\smartslant#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartslantx}
\let\i=\smartitalic
\let\var=\smartslant
\let\dfn=\smartitalic
\let\emph=\smartitalic
\let\cite=\smartitalic
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% @altref, if called explicitly (inside @iftex), switches the @ref
% printed output so it lacks the square brackets used by default.
% While we're at it, we use double quotes instead of square brackets
% (or no decorator at all, depending on state of @altref toggle).
% Unfortunately this requires reproducing the entire damn xrefX
% definition. WARNING: may need to track texinfo.tex changes to xrefX...
\newif\ifbra\bratrue
\def\altref{\ifbra\brafalse\else\bratrue\fi}% Toggle.
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%Begin duplicate xrefX:
\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup%
\def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
\def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #3}%
%
\setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual}%
\setbox0=\hbox{\printednodename}%
\ifdim \wd0=0pt%
\def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
%%% Uncommment the following line to make the actual chapter or section title
%%% appear inside the square brackets.
%\def\printednodename{#1-title}%
\fi%
%
%
% If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does
% not insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it
% will not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some
% manuals are best written with fairly long node names, containing
% hyphens, this is a loss. Therefore, we simply give the text of
% the node name again, so it is as if TeX is seeing it for the first
% time.
\ifdim \wd1>0pt
section ``\printednodename'' in \cite{\printedmanual}%
\else%
\turnoffactive%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%Here's the change for @altref:
\ifbra
\refx{#1-snt}{} ``\printednodename,'' page\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
\else
\refx{#1-snt}{} \printednodename, page\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
\fi
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%end change for @altref
\fi
\endgroup}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%:End duplicate xrefX
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% \widen: let examples (or whatever) fall into margins. Symmetric. Cancel
% ``@widen{N}'' with ``@widen{-N}''.
\newdimen\extra\extra=0pt % for ``widen''
\global\def\widen#1{\advance\extra by #1%
\advance\leftskip by -#1\advance\rightskip by -#1}
%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% ONLY INTENDED CHANGES from FSF smallbook: tolerance and page centering
% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 format (or else 7x9.25)
\def\smallbook{
% These values for secheadingskip and subsecheadingskip are
% experiments. RJC 7 Aug 1992
\global\secheadingskip = 17pt plus 6pt minus 3pt
\global\subsecheadingskip = 14pt plus 6pt minus 3pt
\global\lispnarrowing = 0.3in
\setleading{12pt}
\advance\topskip by -1cm
\global\parskip 3pt plus 1pt
\global\hsize = 5in
\advance\normaloffset by .75in % half of difference from 6.5in default hsize
\global\vsize=7.5in
\advance\voffset by .7in % half of difference from 8.9in default vsize
\global\tolerance=1400
\global\hfuzz=1pt
\global\contentsrightmargin=0pt
\global\pagewidth=\hsize
\global\pageheight=\vsize
\global\let\smalllisp=\smalllispx
\global\let\smallexample=\smalllispx
\global\def\Esmallexample{\Esmalllisp}
}\textfonts
\globaldefs=0 % this is NOT redundant; the \endgroup done by@end tex
% would restore the value, but before doing that would
% screw up if globaldefs=1 were allowed to remain here.
@end tex
@rm
@smallbook
@c some manuals (notably as) contain stuff that only looks good in
@c smallbook; this switch controls its appearance, by local convention
@set SMALL

37
texinfo/cygnus/tocfix Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
#!/bin/sh
# tocfix - move a DVI file table of contents to its proper position
# TeX puts the table of contents at the end of the DVI file.
# If you're printing multiple pages per sheet, you can't fix it
# on the printout. This program moves the TOC to be right after
# the titlepage and copyright page.
# It's a safe no-op to run this program on a DVI file more than once.
# Some explanation: the TOC has negative page numbers, represented
# to dviselect by an underscore. The titlepage and copyright page
# have TeX page numbers 1 and 2, but so do the first two pages of the
# first chapter. So we have to use absolute, as opposed to TeX,
# page numbers to get them right, represented to dviselect by an
# equals sign.
# This program assumes that the DVI file has the standard Texinfo
# format -- a titlepage, a copyright page, then the real text.
# djm@cygnus.com (David MacKenzie)
trap 'rm -f new-*.dvi title.dvi toc.dvi body_plus_toc.dvi body.dvi; exit 1' 1 3 15
if [ $# -eq 0 ]; then
echo "Usage; tocfix dvifile..." >&2; exit 1
fi
for dvi
do
dviselect -i $dvi -o title.dvi =1:2
dviselect -i $dvi -o toc.dvi :_1
dviselect -i $dvi -o body_plus_toc.dvi =3:
dviselect -i body_plus_toc.dvi -o body.dvi 1:
dviconcat -o new-$dvi title.dvi toc.dvi body.dvi
mv new-$dvi $dvi
rm -f title.dvi toc.dvi body_plus_toc.dvi body.dvi
done

56
texinfo/doc/Makefile.am Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
## Makefile.am for texinfo/emacs.
## $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.1 1998/03/23 04:42:12 law Exp $
## Run automake in .. to produce Makefile.in from this.
info_TEXINFOS = info-stnd.texi info.texi texinfo.texi
# Use the makeinfo built in our distribution.
MAKEINFO = ../makeinfo/makeinfo
# Include our texinfo.tex, not Automake's.
EXTRA_DIST = macro.texi userdoc.texi epsf.tex texinfo.tex
# We try to discover this via configure just to give a better help message.
TEXMF = @TEXMF@
install-data-local:
@echo "WARNING: You must install texinfo.tex and epsf.tex manually,"
@echo "WARNING: perhaps in $(TEXMF)/tex/texinfo/"
@echo "WARNING: and $(TEXMF)/tex/generic/dvips/ respectively."
@echo "WARNING: See doc/README for some considerations."
# Do not create info files for distribution.
dist-info:
# Do not try to build the info files in $(srcdir),
# since we don't distribute them.
.texi.info:
$(MAKEINFO) -I$(srcdir) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
texinfo: $(srcdir)/texinfo.texi
$(MAKEINFO) -I$(srcdir) texinfo.texi
# Do not try to install them from $(srcdir).
install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
$(mkinstalldirs) $(infodir)
@for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
d=.; \
for ifile in `cd $$d && echo $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]`; do \
if test -f $$d/$$ifile; then \
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(infodir)/$$ifile"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(infodir)/$$ifile; \
else : ; fi; \
done; \
done
@$(POST_INSTALL)
@if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version | sed 1q | fgrep -s -v -i debian' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
echo " install-info --info-dir=$(infodir) $(infodir)/$$file";\
install-info --info-dir=$(infodir) $(infodir)/$$file || :;\
done; \
else : ; fi
# Remove them at make distclean.
distclean-aminfo:
rm -f texinfo texinfo-* info*.info*

304
texinfo/doc/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.2 from Makefile.am
# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
SHELL = /bin/sh
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
bindir = @bindir@
sbindir = @sbindir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
datadir = @datadir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
libdir = @libdir@
infodir = @infodir@
mandir = @mandir@
includedir = @includedir@
oldincludedir = /usr/include
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
top_builddir = ..
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
transform = @program_transform_name@
NORMAL_INSTALL = true
PRE_INSTALL = true
POST_INSTALL = true
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = true
PRE_UNINSTALL = true
POST_UNINSTALL = true
CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
CC = @CC@
DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
GENCAT = @GENCAT@
GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
GT_NO = @GT_NO@
GT_YES = @GT_YES@
INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
INTLDEPS = @INTLDEPS@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
MAINT = @MAINT@
MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
POFILES = @POFILES@
POSUB = @POSUB@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
TERMLIBS = @TERMLIBS@
TEXCONFIG = @TEXCONFIG@
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
l = @l@
info_TEXINFOS = info-stnd.texi info.texi texinfo.texi
# Use the makeinfo built in our distribution.
MAKEINFO = ../makeinfo/makeinfo
# Include our texinfo.tex, not Automake's.
EXTRA_DIST = macro.texi userdoc.texi epsf.tex texinfo.tex
# We try to discover this via configure just to give a better help message.
TEXMF = @TEXMF@
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
TEXI2DVI = `if test -f $(top_srcdir)/../texinfo/util/texi2dvi; then echo $(top_srcdir)/../texinfo/util/texi2dvi; else echo texi2dvi; fi`
TEXINFO_TEX = $(top_srcdir)/../texinfo/texinfo.tex
INFO_DEPS = info-stnd.info info.info texinfo
DVIS = info-stnd.dvi info.dvi texinfo.dvi
TEXINFOS = info-stnd.texi info.texi texinfo.texi
DIST_COMMON = README $(info_TEXINFOS) Makefile.am Makefile.in \
texinfo.tex
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
TAR = tar
GZIP = --best
default: all
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES: .dvi .info .ps .texi .texinfo
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINT@ Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --cygnus doc/Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
cd $(top_builddir) \
&& CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
info-stnd.info: info-stnd.texi
info-stnd.dvi: info-stnd.texi
info.info: info.texi $(info_TEXINFOS)
info.dvi: info.texi $(info_TEXINFOS)
texinfo: texinfo.texi
texinfo.dvi: texinfo.texi
DVIPS = dvips
.texi.dvi:
TEXINPUTS=$(top_srcdir)/../texinfo:$$TEXINPUTS \
MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $<
.texi:
@rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir) $<
.texinfo.info:
@rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir) $<
.texinfo:
@rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir) $<
.texinfo.dvi:
TEXINPUTS=$(top_srcdir)/../texinfo:$$TEXINPUTS \
MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $<
.dvi.ps:
$(DVIPS) $< -o $@
uninstall-info:
$(PRE_UNINSTALL)
@if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version | sed 1q | fgrep -s -v -i debian' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
ii=yes; \
else ii=; fi; \
for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
test -z $ii || install-info --info-dir=$(infodir) --remove $$file; \
done
$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
(cd $(infodir) && rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]); \
done
mostlyclean-aminfo:
rm -f info-stnd.aux info-stnd.cp info-stnd.cps info-stnd.dvi \
info-stnd.fn info-stnd.fns info-stnd.ky info-stnd.log \
info-stnd.pg info-stnd.toc info-stnd.tp info-stnd.tps \
info-stnd.vr info-stnd.vrs info-stnd.op info-stnd.tr \
info-stnd.cv info.aux info.cp info.cps info.dvi info.fn \
info.fns info.ky info.log info.pg info.toc info.tp info.tps \
info.vr info.vrs info.op info.tr info.cv texinfo.aux \
texinfo.cp texinfo.cps texinfo.dvi texinfo.fn texinfo.fns \
texinfo.ky texinfo.log texinfo.pg texinfo.toc texinfo.tp \
texinfo.tps texinfo.vr texinfo.vrs texinfo.op texinfo.tr \
texinfo.cv
clean-aminfo:
distclean-aminfo:
maintainer-clean-aminfo:
for i in $(INFO_DEPS); do rm -f `eval echo $$i*`; done
clean-info: mostlyclean-aminfo
tags: TAGS
TAGS:
distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
subdir = doc
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
if test -f $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|| ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
done
$(MAKE) top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" dist-info
info: $(INFO_DEPS)
dvi: $(DVIS)
check: all
$(MAKE)
installcheck:
install-info: install-info-am
install-exec:
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
install-data: install-data-local
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
install: install-exec install-data all
@:
uninstall:
all: Makefile
install-strip:
$(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' INSTALL_SCRIPT='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)' install
installdirs:
mostlyclean-generic:
test -z "$(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)
clean-generic:
test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
distclean-generic:
rm -f Makefile $(DISTCLEANFILES)
rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
maintainer-clean-generic:
test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)
test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES)
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic
clean: clean-aminfo clean-generic mostlyclean
distclean: distclean-aminfo distclean-generic clean
rm -f config.status
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-aminfo maintainer-clean-generic \
distclean
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
.PHONY: default install-info-am uninstall-info mostlyclean-aminfo \
distclean-aminfo clean-aminfo maintainer-clean-aminfo tags distdir info \
dvi installcheck install-info install-exec install-data install \
uninstall all installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic \
clean-generic maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean \
maintainer-clean
install-data-local:
@echo "WARNING: You must install texinfo.tex and epsf.tex manually,"
@echo "WARNING: perhaps in $(TEXMF)/tex/texinfo/"
@echo "WARNING: and $(TEXMF)/tex/generic/dvips/ respectively."
@echo "WARNING: See doc/README for some considerations."
# Do not create info files for distribution.
dist-info:
# Do not try to build the info files in $(srcdir),
# since we don't distribute them.
.texi.info:
$(MAKEINFO) -I$(srcdir) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
texinfo: $(srcdir)/texinfo.texi
$(MAKEINFO) -I$(srcdir) texinfo.texi
# Do not try to install them from $(srcdir).
install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
$(mkinstalldirs) $(infodir)
@for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
d=.; \
for ifile in `cd $$d && echo $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]`; do \
if test -f $$d/$$ifile; then \
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(infodir)/$$ifile"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(infodir)/$$ifile; \
else : ; fi; \
done; \
done
@$(POST_INSTALL)
@if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version | sed 1q | fgrep -s -v -i debian' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
echo " install-info --info-dir=$(infodir) $(infodir)/$$file";\
install-info --info-dir=$(infodir) $(infodir)/$$file || :;\
done; \
else : ; fi
# Remove them at make distclean.
distclean-aminfo:
rm -f texinfo texinfo-* info*.info*
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

26
texinfo/doc/README Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
This directory contains documentation on the Texinfo system and the TeX
sources needed to process Texinfo sources.
The .tex files are not installed automatically because TeX installations
vary so widely. Installing them in the wrong place would give a false
sense of security. So, you should simply cp *.tex to the appropriate
place. If your installation follows the TeX Directory Structure
standard (http://www.tug.org/tds/), this will be the directory
<texmf>/tex/texinfo/ for texinfo.tex and <texmf>/tex/plain/dvips/ for
epsf.tex. If you use the default installation paths, <texmf> will be
/usr/local/share/texmf. If you have teTeX, you can find <texmf> by
running:
texconfig confall | grep \^TEXMF=
(The configure script tries to do this for you.)
You can get the latest texinfo.tex from
ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex
ftp://ftp.cs.umb.edu/pub/tex/texinfo.tex
or on the FSF machines in /home/gd/gnu/doc/texinfo.tex.
If you have problems with the version in this distribution, please check
for a newer version.
epsf.tex comes with dvips distributions, and you may already have it
installed. The version here is functionally identical but slightly
nicer than the one in dvips574. The changes have been sent to the
epsf.tex maintainer.

546
texinfo/doc/epsf.tex Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,546 @@
%%% ====================================================================
%%% This file is freely redistributable and placed into the
%%% public domain by Tomas Rokicki.
%%% @TeX-file{
%%% author = "Tom Rokicki",
%%% version = "2.7k",
%%% date = "19 July 1997",
%%% time = "10:00:05 MDT",
%%% filename = "epsf.tex",
%%% address = "Tom Rokicki
%%% Box 2081
%%% Stanford, CA 94309
%%% USA",
%%% telephone = "+1 415 855 9989",
%%% email = "rokicki@cs.stanford.edu (Internet)",
%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
%%% keywords = "PostScript, TeX",
%%% supported = "yes",
%%% abstract = "This file contains macros to support the inclusion
%%% of Encapsulated PostScript files in TeX documents.",
%%% docstring = "This file contains TeX macros to include an
%%% Encapsulated PostScript graphic. It works
%%% by finding the bounding box comment,
%%% calculating the correct scale values, and
%%% inserting a vbox of the appropriate size at
%%% the current position in the TeX document.
%%%
%%% To use, simply say
%%%
%%% \input epsf % somewhere early on in your TeX file
%%%
%%% % then where you want to insert a vbox for a figure:
%%% \epsfbox{filename.ps}
%%%
%%% Alternatively, you can supply your own
%%% bounding box by
%%%
%%% \epsfbox[0 0 30 50]{filename.ps}
%%%
%%% This will not read in the file, and will
%%% instead use the bounding box you specify.
%%%
%%% The effect will be to typeset the figure as
%%% a TeX box, at the point of your \epsfbox
%%% command. By default, the graphic will have
%%% its `natural' width (namely the width of
%%% its bounding box, as described in
%%% filename.ps). The TeX box will have depth
%%% zero.
%%%
%%% You can enlarge or reduce the figure by
%%% saying
%%%
%%% \epsfxsize=<dimen> \epsfbox{filename.ps}
%%% or
%%% \epsfysize=<dimen> \epsfbox{filename.ps}
%%%
%%% instead. Then the width of the TeX box will
%%% be \epsfxsize and its height will be scaled
%%% proportionately (or the height will be
%%% \epsfysize and its width will be scaled
%%% proportionately).
%%%
%%% The width (and height) is restored to zero
%%% after each use, so \epsfxsize or \epsfysize
%%% must be specified before EACH use of
%%% \epsfbox.
%%%
%%% A more general facility for sizing is
%%% available by defining the \epsfsize macro.
%%% Normally you can redefine this macro to do
%%% almost anything. The first parameter is
%%% the natural x size of the PostScript
%%% graphic, the second parameter is the
%%% natural y size of the PostScript graphic.
%%% It must return the xsize to use, or 0 if
%%% natural scaling is to be used. Common uses
%%% include:
%%%
%%% \epsfxsize % just leave the old value alone
%%% 0pt % use the natural sizes
%%% #1 % use the natural sizes
%%% \hsize % scale to full width
%%% 0.5#1 % scale to 50% of natural size
%%% \ifnum #1>\hsize\hsize\else#1\fi
%%% % smaller of natural, hsize
%%%
%%% If you want TeX to report the size of the
%%% figure (as a message on your terminal when
%%% it processes each figure), say
%%% `\epsfverbosetrue'.
%%%
%%% If you only want to get the bounding box
%%% extents, without producing any output boxes
%%% or \special{}, then say
%%% \epsfgetbb{filename}. The extents will be
%%% saved in the macros \epsfllx \epsflly
%%% \epsfurx \epsfury in PostScript units of
%%% big points.
%%%
%%% Revision history:
%%%
%%% ---------------------------------------------
%%% epsf.tex macro file:
%%% Originally written by Tomas Rokicki of
%%% Radical Eye Software, 29 Mar 1989.
%%%
%%% ---------------------------------------------
%%% Revised by Don Knuth, 3 Jan 1990.
%%%
%%% ---------------------------------------------
%%% Revised by Tomas Rokicki, 18 Jul 1990.
%%% Accept bounding boxes with no space after
%%% the colon.
%%%
%%% ---------------------------------------------
%%% Revised by Nelson H. F. Beebe
%%% <beebe@math.utah.edu>, 03 Dec 1991 [2.0].
%%% Add version number and date typeout.
%%%
%%% Use \immediate\write16 instead of \message
%%% to ensure output on new line.
%%%
%%% Handle nested EPS files.
%%%
%%% Handle %%BoundingBox: (atend) lines.
%%%
%%% Do not quit when blank lines are found.
%%%
%%% Add a few percents to remove generation of
%%% spurious blank space.
%%%
%%% Move \special output to
%%% \epsfspecial{filename} so that other macro
%%% packages can input this one, then change
%%% the definition of \epsfspecial to match
%%% another DVI driver.
%%%
%%% Move size computation to \epsfsetsize which
%%% can be called by the user; the verbose
%%% output of the bounding box and scaled width
%%% and height happens here.
%%%
%%% ---------------------------------------------
%%% Revised by Nelson H. F. Beebe
%%% <beebe@math.utah.edu>, 05 May 1992 [2.1].
%%% Wrap \leavevmode\hbox{} around \vbox{} with
%%% the \special so that \epsffile{} can be
%%% used inside \begin{center}...\end{center}
%%%
%%% ---------------------------------------------
%%% Revised by Nelson H. F. Beebe
%%% <beebe@math.utah.edu>, 09 Dec 1992 [2.2].
%%% Introduce \epsfshow{true,false} and
%%% \epsfframe{true,false} macros; the latter
%%% suppresses the insertion of the PostScript,
%%% and instead just creates an empty box,
%%% which may be handy for rapid prototyping.
%%%
%%% ---------------------------------------------
%%% Revised by Nelson H. F. Beebe
%%% <beebe@math.utah.edu>, 14 Dec 1992 [2.3].
%%% Add \epsfshowfilename{true,false}. When
%%% true, and \epsfshowfalse is specified, the
%%% PostScript file name will be displayed
%%% centered in the figure box.
%%%
%%% ---------------------------------------------
%%% Revised by Nelson H. F. Beebe
%%% <beebe@math.utah.edu>, 20 June 1993 [2.4].
%%% Remove non-zero debug setting of \epsfframemargin,
%%% and change margin handling to preserve EPS image
%%% size and aspect ratio, so that the actual
%%% box is \epsfxsize+\epsfframemargin wide by
%%% \epsfysize+\epsfframemargin high.
%%% Reduce output of \epsfshowfilenametrue to
%%% just the bare file name.
%%%
%%% ---------------------------------------------
%%% Revised by Nelson H. F. Beebe
%%% <beebe@math.utah.edu>, 13 July 1993 [2.5].
%%% Add \epsfframethickness for control of
%%% \epsfframe frame lines.
%%%
%%% ---------------------------------------------
%%% Revised by Nelson H. F. Beebe
%%% <beebe@math.utah.edu>, 02 July 1996 [2.6]
%%% Add missing initialization \epsfatendfalse;
%%% the lack of this resulted in the wrong
%%% BoundingBox being picked up, mea culpa, sigh...
%%% ---------------------------------------------
%%%
%%% ---------------------------------------------
%%% Revised by Nelson H. F. Beebe
%%% <beebe@math.utah.edu>, 25 October 1996 [2.7]
%%% Update to match changes in from dvips 5-600
%%% distribution: new user-accessible macros:
%%% \epsfclipon, \epsfclipoff, \epsfdrafton,
%%% \epsfdraftoff, change \empty to \epsfempty.
%%% ---------------------------------------------
%%%
%%% Modified to avoid verbosity, give help.
%%% --kb@cs.umb.edu, for Texinfo.
%%% }
%%% ====================================================================
%
\ifx\epsfannounce\undefined \def\epsfannounce{\immediate\write16}\fi
\epsfannounce{This is `epsf.tex' v2.7k <10 July 1997>}%
%
\newread\epsffilein % file to \read
\newif\ifepsfatend % need to scan to LAST %%BoundingBox comment?
\newif\ifepsfbbfound % success?
\newif\ifepsfdraft % use draft mode?
\newif\ifepsffileok % continue looking for the bounding box?
\newif\ifepsfframe % frame the bounding box?
\newif\ifepsfshow % show PostScript file, or just bounding box?
\epsfshowtrue % default is to display PostScript file
\newif\ifepsfshowfilename % show the file name if \epsfshowfalse specified?
\newif\ifepsfverbose % report what you're making?
\newdimen\epsfframemargin % margin between box and frame
\newdimen\epsfframethickness % thickness of frame rules
\newdimen\epsfrsize % vertical size before scaling
\newdimen\epsftmp % register for arithmetic manipulation
\newdimen\epsftsize % horizontal size before scaling
\newdimen\epsfxsize % horizontal size after scaling
\newdimen\epsfysize % vertical size after scaling
\newdimen\pspoints % conversion factor
%
\pspoints = 1bp % Adobe points are `big'
\epsfxsize = 0pt % default value, means `use natural size'
\epsfysize = 0pt % ditto
\epsfframemargin = 0pt % default value: frame box flush around picture
\epsfframethickness = 0.4pt % TeX's default rule thickness
%
\def\epsfbox#1{\global\def\epsfllx{72}\global\def\epsflly{72}%
\global\def\epsfurx{540}\global\def\epsfury{720}%
\def\lbracket{[}\def\testit{#1}\ifx\testit\lbracket
\let\next=\epsfgetlitbb\else\let\next=\epsfnormal\fi\next{#1}}%
%
% We use \epsfgetlitbb if the user specified an explicit bounding box,
% and \epsfnormal otherwise. Because \epsfgetbb can be called
% separately to retrieve the bounding box, we move the verbose
% printing the bounding box extents and size on the terminal to
% \epsfstatus. Therefore, when the user provided the bounding box,
% \epsfgetbb will not be called, so we must call \epsfsetsize and
% \epsfstatus ourselves.
%
\def\epsfgetlitbb#1#2 #3 #4 #5]#6{%
\epsfgrab #2 #3 #4 #5 .\\%
\epsfsetsize
\epsfstatus{#6}%
\epsfsetgraph{#6}%
}%
%
\def\epsfnormal#1{%
\epsfgetbb{#1}%
\epsfsetgraph{#1}%
}%
%
\newhelp\epsfnoopenhelp{The PostScript image file must be findable by
TeX, i.e., somewhere in the TEXINPUTS (or equivalent) path.}%
%
\def\epsfgetbb#1{%
%
% The first thing we need to do is to open the
% PostScript file, if possible.
%
\openin\epsffilein=#1
\ifeof\epsffilein
\errhelp = \epsfnoopenhelp
\errmessage{Could not open file #1, ignoring it}%
\else %process the file
{% %start a group to contain catcode changes
% Make all special characters, except space, to be of type
% `other' so we process the file in almost verbatim mode
% (TeXbook, p. 344).
\chardef\other=12
\def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}%
\dospecials
\catcode`\ =10
\epsffileoktrue %true while we are looping
\epsfatendfalse %[02-Jul-1996]: add forgotten initialization
\loop %reading lines from the EPS file
\read\epsffilein to \epsffileline
\ifeof\epsffilein %then no more input
\epsffileokfalse %so set completion flag
\else %otherwise process one line
\expandafter\epsfaux\epsffileline:. \\%
\fi
\ifepsffileok
\repeat
\ifepsfbbfound
\else
\ifepsfverbose
\immediate\write16{No BoundingBox comment found in %
file #1; using defaults}%
\fi
\fi
}% %end catcode changes
\closein\epsffilein
\fi %end of file processing
\epsfsetsize %compute size parameters
\epsfstatus{#1}%
}%
%
% Clipping control:
\def\epsfclipon{\def\epsfclipstring{ clip}}%
\def\epsfclipoff{\def\epsfclipstring{\ifepsfdraft\space clip\fi}}%
\epsfclipoff % default for dvips is OFF
%
% The special that is emitted by \epsfsetgraph comes from this macro.
% It is defined separately to allow easy customization by other
% packages that first \input epsf.tex, then redefine \epsfspecial.
% This macro is invoked in the lower-left corner of a box of the
% width and height determined from the arguments to \epsffile, or
% from the %%BoundingBox in the EPS file itself.
%
% This version is for dvips:
\def\epsfspecial#1{%
\epsftmp=10\epsfxsize
\divide\epsftmp\pspoints
\ifnum\epsfrsize=0\relax
\special{PSfile=\ifepsfdraft psdraft.ps\else#1\fi\space
llx=\epsfllx\space
lly=\epsflly\space
urx=\epsfurx\space
ury=\epsfury\space
rwi=\number\epsftmp
\epsfclipstring
}%
\else
\epsfrsize=10\epsfysize
\divide\epsfrsize\pspoints
\special{PSfile=\ifepsfdraft psdraft.ps\else#1\fi\space
llx=\epsfllx\space
lly=\epsflly\space
urx=\epsfurx\space
ury=\epsfury\space
rwi=\number\epsftmp
rhi=\number\epsfrsize
\epsfclipstring
}%
\fi
}%
%
% \epsfframe macro adapted from the TeXbook, exercise 21.3, p. 223, 331.
% but modified to set the box width to the natural width, rather
% than the line width, and to include space for margins and rules
\def\epsfframe#1%
{%
\leavevmode % so we can put this inside
% a centered environment
\setbox0 = \hbox{#1}%
\dimen0 = \wd0 % natural width of argument
\advance \dimen0 by 2\epsfframemargin % plus width of 2 margins
\advance \dimen0 by 2\epsfframethickness % plus width of 2 rule lines
\vbox
{%
\hrule height \epsfframethickness depth 0pt
\hbox to \dimen0
{%
\hss
\vrule width \epsfframethickness
\kern \epsfframemargin
\vbox {\kern \epsfframemargin \box0 \kern \epsfframemargin }%
\kern \epsfframemargin
\vrule width \epsfframethickness
\hss
}% end hbox
\hrule height 0pt depth \epsfframethickness
}% end vbox
}%
%
\def\epsfsetgraph#1%
{%
%
% Make the vbox and stick in a \special that the DVI driver can
% parse. \vfil and \hfil are used to place the \special origin at
% the lower-left corner of the vbox. \epsfspecial can be redefined
% to produce alternate \special syntaxes.
%
\leavevmode
\hbox{% so we can put this in \begin{center}...\end{center}
\ifepsfframe\expandafter\epsfframe\fi
{\vbox to\epsfysize
{%
\ifepsfshow
% output \special{} at lower-left corner of figure box
\vfil
\hbox to \epsfxsize{\epsfspecial{#1}\hfil}%
\else
\vfil
\hbox to\epsfxsize{%
\hss
\ifepsfshowfilename
{%
\epsfframemargin=3pt % local change of margin
\epsfframe{{\tt #1}}%
}%
\fi
\hss
}%
\vfil
\fi
}%
}}%
%
% Reset \epsfxsize and \epsfysize, as documented above.
%
\global\epsfxsize=0pt
\global\epsfysize=0pt
}%
%
% Now we have to calculate the scale and offset values to use.
% First we compute the natural sizes.
%
\def\epsfsetsize
{%
\epsfrsize=\epsfury\pspoints
\advance\epsfrsize by-\epsflly\pspoints
\epsftsize=\epsfurx\pspoints
\advance\epsftsize by-\epsfllx\pspoints
%
% If `epsfxsize' is 0, we default to the natural size of the picture.
% Otherwise we scale the graph to be \epsfxsize wide.
%
\epsfxsize=\epsfsize{\epsftsize}{\epsfrsize}%
\ifnum \epsfxsize=0
\ifnum \epsfysize=0
\epsfxsize=\epsftsize
\epsfysize=\epsfrsize
\epsfrsize=0pt
%
% We have a sticky problem here: TeX doesn't do floating point arithmetic!
% Our goal is to compute y = rx/t. The following loop does this reasonably
% fast, with an error of at most about 16 sp (about 1/4000 pt).
%
\else
\epsftmp=\epsftsize \divide\epsftmp\epsfrsize
\epsfxsize=\epsfysize \multiply\epsfxsize\epsftmp
\multiply\epsftmp\epsfrsize \advance\epsftsize-\epsftmp
\epsftmp=\epsfysize
\loop \advance\epsftsize\epsftsize \divide\epsftmp 2
\ifnum \epsftmp>0
\ifnum \epsftsize<\epsfrsize
\else
\advance\epsftsize-\epsfrsize \advance\epsfxsize\epsftmp
\fi
\repeat
\epsfrsize=0pt
\fi
\else
\ifnum \epsfysize=0
\epsftmp=\epsfrsize \divide\epsftmp\epsftsize
\epsfysize=\epsfxsize \multiply\epsfysize\epsftmp
\multiply\epsftmp\epsftsize \advance\epsfrsize-\epsftmp
\epsftmp=\epsfxsize
\loop \advance\epsfrsize\epsfrsize \divide\epsftmp 2
\ifnum \epsftmp>0
\ifnum \epsfrsize<\epsftsize
\else
\advance\epsfrsize-\epsftsize \advance\epsfysize\epsftmp
\fi
\repeat
\epsfrsize=0pt
\else
\epsfrsize=\epsfysize
\fi
\fi
}%
%
% Issue some status messages if the user requested them
%
\def\epsfstatus#1{% arg = filename
\ifepsfverbose
\immediate\write16{#1: BoundingBox:
llx = \epsfllx\space lly = \epsflly\space
urx = \epsfurx\space ury = \epsfury\space}%
\immediate\write16{#1: scaled width = \the\epsfxsize\space
scaled height = \the\epsfysize}%
\fi
}%
%
% We still need to define the tricky \epsfaux macro. This requires
% a couple of magic constants for comparison purposes.
%
{\catcode`\%=12 \global\let\epsfpercent=%\global\def\epsfbblit{%BoundingBox}}%
\global\def\epsfatend{(atend)}%
%
% So we're ready to check for `%BoundingBox:' and to grab the
% values if they are found.
%
% If we find a line
%
% %%BoundingBox: (atend)
%
% then we ignore it, but set a flag to force parsing all of the
% file, so the last %%BoundingBox parsed will be the one used. This
% is necessary, because EPS files can themselves contain other EPS
% files with their own %%BoundingBox comments.
%
% If we find a line
%
% %%BoundingBox: llx lly urx ury
%
% then we save the 4 values in \epsfllx, \epsflly, \epsfurx, \epsfury.
% Then, if we have not previously parsed an (atend), we flag completion
% and can stop reading the file. Otherwise, we must keep on reading
% to end of file so that we find the values on the LAST %%BoundingBox.
\long\def\epsfaux#1#2:#3\\%
{%
\def\testit{#2}% % save second character up to just before colon
\ifx#1\epsfpercent % then first char is percent (quick test)
\ifx\testit\epsfbblit % then (slow test) we have %%BoundingBox
\epsfgrab #3 . . . \\%
\ifx\epsfllx\epsfatend % then ignore %%BoundingBox: (atend)
\global\epsfatendtrue
\else % else found %%BoundingBox: llx lly urx ury
\ifepsfatend % then keep parsing ALL %%BoundingBox lines
\else % else stop after first one parsed
\epsffileokfalse
\fi
\global\epsfbbfoundtrue
\fi
\fi
\fi
}%
%
% Here we grab the values and stuff them in the appropriate definitions.
%
\def\epsfempty{}%
\def\epsfgrab #1 #2 #3 #4 #5\\{%
\global\def\epsfllx{#1}\ifx\epsfllx\epsfempty
\epsfgrab #2 #3 #4 #5 .\\\else
\global\def\epsflly{#2}%
\global\def\epsfurx{#3}\global\def\epsfury{#4}\fi
}%
%
% We default the epsfsize macro.
%
\def\epsfsize#1#2{\epsfxsize}%
%
% Finally, another definition for compatibility with older macros.
%
\let\epsffile=\epsfbox
\endinput

1373
texinfo/doc/info-stnd.texi Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

911
texinfo/doc/info.texi Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,911 @@
\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
@comment %**start of header
@setfilename info.info
@settitle Info 1.0
@comment %**end of header
@comment $Id: info.texi,v 1.1 1998/03/23 04:42:12 law Exp $
@dircategory Texinfo documentation system
@direntry
* Info: (info). Documentation browsing system.
@end direntry
@ifinfo
This file describes how to use Info,
the on-line, menu-driven GNU documentation system.
Copyright (C) 1989, 92, 96, 97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
are preserved on all copies.
@ignore
Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
@end ignore
Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
notice identical to this one.
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
by the Free Software Foundation.
@end ifinfo
@titlepage
@title Info
@subtitle The online, menu-driven GNU documentation system
@author Brian Fox
@page
@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
Copyright @copyright{} 1989, 1992, 1993, 1996, 1997 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
@sp 2
Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
59 Temple Place - Suite 330 @*
Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
are preserved on all copies.
Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
notice identical to this one.
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
by the Free Software Foundation.
@end titlepage
@ifinfo
@node Top, Getting Started, , (dir)
@top Info: An Introduction
Info is a program for reading documentation, which you are using now.
To learn how to use Info, type the command @kbd{h}. It brings you
to a programmed instruction sequence.
@c Need to make sure that `Info-help' goes to the right node,
@c which is the first node of the first chapter. (It should.)
@c (Info-find-node "info"
@c (if (< (window-height) 23)
@c "Help-Small-Screen"
@c "Help")))
To learn advanced Info commands, type @kbd{n} twice. This brings you to
@cite{Info for Experts}, skipping over the `Getting Started' chapter.
@end ifinfo
@menu
* Getting Started:: Getting started using an Info reader.
* Advanced Info:: Advanced commands within Info.
* Create an Info File:: How to make your own Info file.
* The Standalone Info Program: (info-stnd.info).
@end menu
@node Getting Started, Advanced Info, Top, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Getting Started
This first part of the Info manual describes how to get around inside
of Info. The second part of the manual describes various advanced
Info commands, and how to write an Info as distinct from a Texinfo
file. The third part is about how to generate Info files from
Texinfo files.
@iftex
This manual is primarily designed for use on a computer, so that you can
try Info commands while reading about them. Reading it on paper is less
effective, since you must take it on faith that the commands described
really do what the manual says. By all means go through this manual now
that you have it; but please try going through the on-line version as
well.
There are two ways of looking at the online version of this manual:
@enumerate
@item
Type @code{info} at your shell's command line. This approach uses a
small stand-alone program designed just to read Info files.
@item
Type @code{emacs} at the command line; then type @kbd{C-h i} (Control
@kbd{h}, followed by @kbd{i}). This approach uses the Info mode of the
Emacs program, an editor with many other capabilities.
@end enumerate
In either case, then type @kbd{mInfo} (just the letters), followed by
@key{RET}---the ``Return'' or ``Enter'' key. At this point, you should
be ready to follow the instructions in this manual as you read them on
the screen.
@c FIXME! (pesch@cygnus.com, 14 dec 1992)
@c Is it worth worrying about what-if the beginner goes to somebody
@c else's Emacs session, which already has an Info running in the middle
@c of something---in which case these simple instructions won't work?
@end iftex
@menu
* Help-Small-Screen:: Starting Info on a Small Screen
* Help:: How to use Info
* Help-P:: Returning to the Previous node
* Help-^L:: The Space, Rubout, B and ^L commands.
* Help-M:: Menus
* Help-Adv:: Some advanced Info commands
* Help-Q:: Quitting Info
@end menu
@node Help-Small-Screen, Help, , Getting Started
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Starting Info on a Small Screen
@iftex
(In Info, you only see this section if your terminal has a small
number of lines; most readers pass by it without seeing it.)
@end iftex
Since your terminal has an unusually small number of lines on its
screen, it is necessary to give you special advice at the beginning.
If you see the text @samp{--All----} at near the bottom right corner
of the screen, it means the entire text you are looking at fits on the
screen. If you see @samp{--Top----} instead, it means that there is
more text below that does not fit. To move forward through the text
and see another screen full, press the Space bar, @key{SPC}. To move
back up, press the key labeled @samp{Backspace} or @key{Delete}.
@ifinfo
Here are 40 lines of junk, so you can try Spaces and Deletes and
see what they do. At the end are instructions of what you should do
next.
This is line 17 @*
This is line 18 @*
This is line 19 @*
This is line 20 @*
This is line 21 @*
This is line 22 @*
This is line 23 @*
This is line 24 @*
This is line 25 @*
This is line 26 @*
This is line 27 @*
This is line 28 @*
This is line 29 @*
This is line 30 @*
This is line 31 @*
This is line 32 @*
This is line 33 @*
This is line 34 @*
This is line 35 @*
This is line 36 @*
This is line 37 @*
This is line 38 @*
This is line 39 @*
This is line 40 @*
This is line 41 @*
This is line 42 @*
This is line 43 @*
This is line 44 @*
This is line 45 @*
This is line 46 @*
This is line 47 @*
This is line 48 @*
This is line 49 @*
This is line 50 @*
This is line 51 @*
This is line 52 @*
This is line 53 @*
This is line 54 @*
This is line 55 @*
This is line 56 @*
If you have managed to get here, go back to the beginning with
Delete, and come back here again, then you understand Space and
Delete. So now type an @kbd{n} ---just one character; don't type
the quotes and don't type the Return key afterward--- to
get to the normal start of the course.
@end ifinfo
@node Help, Help-P, Help-Small-Screen, Getting Started
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section How to use Info
You are talking to the program Info, for reading documentation.
Right now you are looking at one @dfn{Node} of Information.
A node contains text describing a specific topic at a specific
level of detail. This node's topic is ``how to use Info''.
The top line of a node is its @dfn{header}. This node's header (look at
it now) says that it is the node named @samp{Help} in the file
@file{info}. It says that the @samp{Next} node after this one is the node
called @samp{Help-P}. An advanced Info command lets you go to any node
whose name you know.
Besides a @samp{Next}, a node can have a @samp{Previous} or an @samp{Up}.
This node has a @samp{Previous} but no @samp{Up}, as you can see.
Now it is time to move on to the @samp{Next} node, named @samp{Help-P}.
>> Type @samp{n} to move there. Type just one character;
do not type the quotes and do not type a @key{RET} afterward.
@samp{>>} in the margin means it is really time to try a command.
@node Help-P, Help-^L, Help, Getting Started
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Returning to the Previous node
This node is called @samp{Help-P}. The @samp{Previous} node, as you see,
is @samp{Help}, which is the one you just came from using the @kbd{n}
command. Another @kbd{n} command now would take you to the next
node, @samp{Help-^L}.
>> But do not do that yet. First, try the @kbd{p} command, which takes
you to the @samp{Previous} node. When you get there, you can do an
@kbd{n} again to return here.
This all probably seems insultingly simple so far, but @emph{do not} be
led into skimming. Things will get more complicated soon. Also,
do not try a new command until you are told it is time to. Otherwise,
you may make Info skip past an important warning that was coming up.
>> Now do an @kbd{n} to get to the node @samp{Help-^L} and learn more.
@node Help-^L, Help-M, Help-P, Getting Started
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section The Space, Delete, B and ^L commands.
This node's header tells you that you are now at node @samp{Help-^L}, and
that @kbd{p} would get you back to @samp{Help-P}. The node's title is
underlined; it says what the node is about (most nodes have titles).
This is a big node and it does not all fit on your display screen.
You can tell that there is more that is not visible because you
can see the string @samp{--Top-----} rather than @samp{--All----} near
the bottom right corner of the screen.
The Space, Delete and @kbd{B} commands exist to allow you to ``move
around'' in a node that does not all fit on the screen at once.
Space moves forward, to show what was below the bottom of the screen.
Delete moves backward, to show what was above the top of the screen
(there is not anything above the top until you have typed some spaces).
>> Now try typing a Space (afterward, type a Delete to return here).
When you type the space, the two lines that were at the bottom of
the screen appear at the top, followed by more lines. Delete takes
the two lines from the top and moves them to the bottom,
@emph{usually}, but if there are not a full screen's worth of lines
above them they may not make it all the way to the bottom.
If you type Space when there is no more to see, it rings the
bell and otherwise does nothing. The same goes for Delete when
the header of the node is visible.
If your screen is ever garbaged, you can tell Info to print it out
again by typing @kbd{C-l} (@kbd{Control-L}, that is---hold down ``Control'' and
type an @key{L} or @kbd{l}).
>> Type @kbd{C-l} now.
To move back to the beginning of the node you are on, you can type
a lot of Deletes. You can also type simply @kbd{b} for beginning.
>> Try that now. (We have put in enough verbiage to push this past
the first screenful, but screens are so big nowadays that perhaps it
isn't enough. You may need to shrink your Emacs or Info window.)
Then come back, with Spaces.
If your screen is very tall, all of this node might fit at once.
In that case, "b" won't do anything. Sorry; what can we do?
You have just learned a considerable number of commands. If you
want to use one but have trouble remembering which, you should type
a @key{?} which prints out a brief list of commands. When you are
finished looking at the list, make it go away by pressing @key{SPC}
repeatedly.
>> Type a @key{?} now. Press @key{SPC} to see consecutive screenfuls of
>> the list until finished.
From now on, you will encounter large nodes without warning, and
will be expected to know how to use Space and Delete to move
around in them without being told. Since not all terminals have
the same size screen, it would be impossible to warn you anyway.
>> Now type @kbd{n} to see the description of the @kbd{m} command.
@node Help-M, Help-Adv, Help-^L, Getting Started
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Menus
Menus and the @kbd{m} command
With only the @kbd{n} and @kbd{p} commands for moving between nodes, nodes
are restricted to a linear sequence. Menus allow a branching
structure. A menu is a list of other nodes you can move to. It is
actually just part of the text of the node formatted specially so that
Info can interpret it. The beginning of a menu is always identified
by a line which starts with @samp{* Menu:}. A node contains a menu if and
only if it has a line in it which starts that way. The only menu you
can use at any moment is the one in the node you are in. To use a
menu in any other node, you must move to that node first.
After the start of the menu, each line that starts with a @samp{*}
identifies one subtopic. The line usually contains a brief name
for the subtopic (followed by a @samp{:}), the name of the node that talks
about that subtopic, and optionally some further description of the
subtopic. Lines in the menu that do not start with a @samp{*} have no
special meaning---they are only for the human reader's benefit and do
not define additional subtopics. Here is an example:
@example
* Foo: FOO's Node This tells about FOO
@end example
The subtopic name is Foo, and the node describing it is @samp{FOO's Node}.
The rest of the line is just for the reader's Information.
[[ But this line is not a real menu item, simply because there is
no line above it which starts with @samp{* Menu:}.]]
When you use a menu to go to another node (in a way that will be
described soon), what you specify is the subtopic name, the first
thing in the menu line. Info uses it to find the menu line, extracts
the node name from it, and goes to that node. The reason that there
is both a subtopic name and a node name is that the node name must be
meaningful to the computer and may therefore have to be ugly looking.
The subtopic name can be chosen just to be convenient for the user to
specify. Often the node name is convenient for the user to specify
and so both it and the subtopic name are the same. There is an
abbreviation for this:
@example
* Foo:: This tells about FOO
@end example
@noindent
This means that the subtopic name and node name are the same; they are
both @samp{Foo}.
>> Now use Spaces to find the menu in this node, then come back to
the front with a @kbd{b} and some Spaces. As you see, a menu is
actually visible in its node. If you cannot find a menu in a node
by looking at it, then the node does not have a menu and the
@kbd{m} command is not available.
The command to go to one of the subnodes is @kbd{m}---but @emph{do
not do it yet!} Before you use @kbd{m}, you must understand the
difference between commands and arguments. So far, you have learned
several commands that do not need arguments. When you type one, Info
processes it and is instantly ready for another command. The @kbd{m}
command is different: it is incomplete without the @dfn{name of the
subtopic}. Once you have typed @kbd{m}, Info tries to read the
subtopic name.
Now look for the line containing many dashes near the bottom of the
screen. There is one more line beneath that one, but usually it is
blank. If it is empty, Info is ready for a command, such as @kbd{n}
or @kbd{b} or Space or @kbd{m}. If that line contains text ending
in a colon, it mean Info is trying to read the @dfn{argument} to a
command. At such times, commands do not work, because Info tries to
use them as the argument. You must either type the argument and
finish the command you started, or type @kbd{Control-g} to cancel the
command. When you have done one of those things, the line becomes
blank again.
The command to go to a subnode via a menu is @kbd{m}. After you type
the @kbd{m}, the line at the bottom of the screen says @samp{Menu item: }.
You must then type the name of the subtopic you want, and end it with
a @key{RET}.
You can abbreviate the subtopic name. If the abbreviation is not
unique, the first matching subtopic is chosen. Some menus put
the shortest possible abbreviation for each subtopic name in capital
letters, so you can see how much you need to type. It does not
matter whether you use upper case or lower case when you type the
subtopic. You should not put any spaces at the end, or inside of the
item name, except for one space where a space appears in the item in
the menu.
You can also use the @dfn{completion} feature to help enter the subtopic
name. If you type the Tab key after entering part of a name, it will
magically fill in more of the name---as much as follows uniquely from
what you have entered.
If you move the cursor to one of the menu subtopic lines, then you do
not need to type the argument: you just type a Return, and it stands for
the subtopic of the line you are on.
Here is a menu to give you a chance to practice.
* Menu: The menu starts here.
This menu gives you three ways of going to one place, Help-FOO.
* Foo: Help-FOO. A node you can visit for fun.@*
* Bar: Help-FOO. Strange! two ways to get to the same place.@*
* Help-FOO:: And yet another!@*
>> Now type just an @kbd{m} and see what happens:
Now you are ``inside'' an @kbd{m} command. Commands cannot be used
now; the next thing you will type must be the name of a subtopic.
You can change your mind about doing the @kbd{m} by typing Control-g.
>> Try that now; notice the bottom line clear.
>> Then type another @kbd{m}.
>> Now type @samp{BAR} item name. Do not type Return yet.
While you are typing the item name, you can use the Delete key to
cancel one character at a time if you make a mistake.
>> Type one to cancel the @samp{R}. You could type another @samp{R} to
replace it. You do not have to, since @samp{BA} is a valid abbreviation.
>> Now you are ready to go. Type a @key{RET}.
After visiting Help-FOO, you should return here.
>> Type @kbd{n} to see more commands.
@c If a menu appears at the end of this node, remove it.
@c It is an accident of the menu updating command.
Here is another way to get to Help-FOO, a menu. You can ignore this
if you want, or else try it (but then please come back to here).
@menu
* Help-FOO::
@end menu
@node Help-FOO, , , Help-M
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@subsection The @kbd{u} command
Congratulations! This is the node @samp{Help-FOO}. Unlike the other
nodes you have seen, this one has an @samp{Up}: @samp{Help-M}, the node you
just came from via the @kbd{m} command. This is the usual
convention---the nodes you reach from a menu have @samp{Up} nodes that lead
back to the menu. Menus move Down in the tree, and @samp{Up} moves Up.
@samp{Previous}, on the other hand, is usually used to ``stay on the same
level but go backwards''
You can go back to the node @samp{Help-M} by typing the command
@kbd{u} for ``Up''. That puts you at the @emph{front} of the
node---to get back to where you were reading you have to type
some @key{SPC}s.
>> Now type @kbd{u} to move back up to @samp{Help-M}.
@node Help-Adv, Help-Q, Help-M, Getting Started
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Some advanced Info commands
The course is almost over, so please stick with it to the end.
If you have been moving around to different nodes and wish to
retrace your steps, the @kbd{l} command (@kbd{l} for @dfn{last}) will
do that, one node-step at a time. As you move from node to node, Info
records the nodes where you have been in a special history list. The
@kbd{l} command revisits nodes in the history list; each successive
@kbd{l} command moves one step back through the history.
If you have been following directions, ad @kbd{l} command now will get
you back to @samp{Help-M}. Another @kbd{l} command would undo the
@kbd{u} and get you back to @samp{Help-FOO}. Another @kbd{l} would undo
the @kbd{m} and get you back to @samp{Help-M}.
>> Try typing three @kbd{l}'s, pausing in between to see what each
@kbd{l} does.
Then follow directions again and you will end up back here.
Note the difference between @kbd{l} and @kbd{p}: @kbd{l} moves to
where @emph{you} last were, whereas @kbd{p} always moves to the node
which the header says is the @samp{Previous} node (from this node, to
@samp{Help-M}).
The @samp{d} command gets you instantly to the Directory node.
This node, which is the first one you saw when you entered Info,
has a menu which leads (directly, or indirectly through other menus),
to all the nodes that exist.
>> Try doing a @samp{d}, then do an @kbd{l} to return here (yes,
@emph{do} return).
Sometimes, in Info documentation, you will see a cross reference.
Cross references look like this: @xref{Help-Cross, Cross}. That is a
real, live cross reference which is named @samp{Cross} and points at
the node named @samp{Help-Cross}.
If you wish to follow a cross reference, you must use the @samp{f}
command. The @samp{f} must be followed by the cross reference name
(in this case, @samp{Cross}). While you enter the name, you can use the
Delete key to edit your input. If you change your mind about following
any reference, you can use @kbd{Control-g} to cancel the command.
Completion is available in the @samp{f} command; you can complete among
all the cross reference names in the current node by typing a Tab.
>> Type @samp{f}, followed by @samp{Cross}, and a @key{RET}.
To get a list of all the cross references in the current node, you can
type @kbd{?} after an @samp{f}. The @samp{f} continues to await a
cross reference name even after printing the list, so if you don't
actually want to follow a reference, you should type a @kbd{Control-g}
to cancel the @samp{f}.
>> Type "f?" to get a list of the cross references in this node. Then
type a @kbd{Control-g} and see how the @samp{f} gives up.
>> Now type @kbd{n} to see the last node of the course.
@c If a menu appears at the end of this node, remove it.
@c It is an accident of the menu updating command.
@node Help-Cross, , , Help-Adv
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@unnumberedsubsec The node reached by the cross reference in Info
This is the node reached by the cross reference named @samp{Cross}.
While this node is specifically intended to be reached by a cross
reference, most cross references lead to nodes that ``belong''
someplace else far away in the structure of Info. So you cannot expect
the footnote to have a @samp{Next}, @samp{Previous} or @samp{Up} pointing back to
where you came from. In general, the @kbd{l} (el) command is the only
way to get back there.
>> Type @kbd{l} to return to the node where the cross reference was.
@node Help-Q, , Help-Adv, Getting Started
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Quitting Info
To get out of Info, back to what you were doing before, type @kbd{q}
for @dfn{Quit}.
This is the end of the course on using Info. There are some other
commands that are meant for experienced users; they are useful, and you
can find them by looking in the directory node for documentation on
Info. Finding them will be a good exercise in using Info in the usual
manner.
>> Type @samp{d} to go to the Info directory node; then type
@samp{mInfo} and Return, to get to the node about Info and
see what other help is available.
@node Advanced Info, Create an Info File, Getting Started, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Info for Experts
This chapter describes various advanced Info commands, and how to write
an Info as distinct from a Texinfo file. (However, in most cases, writing a
Texinfo file is better, since you can use it @emph{both} to generate an
Info file and to make a printed manual. @xref{Top,, Overview of
Texinfo, texinfo, Texinfo: The GNU Documentation Format}.)
@menu
* Expert:: Advanced Info commands: g, s, e, and 1 - 5.
* Add:: Describes how to add new nodes to the hierarchy.
Also tells what nodes look like.
* Menus:: How to add to or create menus in Info nodes.
* Cross-refs:: How to add cross-references to Info nodes.
* Tags:: How to make tag tables for Info files.
* Checking:: Checking an Info File
* Emacs Info Variables:: Variables modifying the behavior of Emacs Info.
@end menu
@node Expert, Add, , Advanced Info
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Advanced Info Commands
@kbd{g}, @kbd{s}, @kbd{1}, -- @kbd{9}, and @kbd{e}
If you know a node's name, you can go there by typing @kbd{g}, the
name, and @key{RET}. Thus, @kbd{gTop@key{RET}} would go to the node
called @samp{Top} in this file (its directory node).
@kbd{gExpert@key{RET}} would come back here.
Unlike @kbd{m}, @kbd{g} does not allow the use of abbreviations.
To go to a node in another file, you can include the filename in the
node name by putting it at the front, in parentheses. Thus,
@kbd{g(dir)Top@key{RET}} would go to the Info Directory node, which is
node @samp{Top} in the file @file{dir}.
The node name @samp{*} specifies the whole file. So you can look at
all of the current file by typing @kbd{g*@key{RET}} or all of any
other file with @kbd{g(FILENAME)@key{RET}}.
The @kbd{s} command allows you to search a whole file for a string.
It switches to the next node if and when that is necessary. You
type @kbd{s} followed by the string to search for, terminated by
@key{RET}. To search for the same string again, just @kbd{s} followed
by @key{RET} will do. The file's nodes are scanned in the order
they are in in the file, which has no necessary relationship to the
order that they may be in in the tree structure of menus and @samp{next} pointers.
But normally the two orders are not very different. In any case,
you can always do a @kbd{b} to find out what node you have reached, if
the header is not visible (this can happen, because @kbd{s} puts your
cursor at the occurrence of the string, not at the beginning of the
node).
If you grudge the system each character of type-in it requires, you
might like to use the commands @kbd{1}, @kbd{2}, @kbd{3}, @kbd{4}, ...
@kbd{9}. They are short for the @kbd{m} command together with an
argument. @kbd{1} goes through the first item in the current node's
menu; @kbd{2} goes through the second item, etc.
If you display supports multiple fonts, and you are using Emacs' Info
mode to read Info files, the @samp{*} for the fifth menu item is
underlines, and so is the @samp{*} for the ninth item; these underlines
make it easy to see at a glance which number to use for an item.
On ordinary terminals, you won't have underlining. If you need to
actually count items, it is better to use @kbd{m} instead, and specify
the name.
The Info command @kbd{e} changes from Info mode to an ordinary
Emacs editing mode, so that you can edit the text of the current node.
Type @kbd{C-c C-c} to switch back to Info. The @kbd{e} command is allowed
only if the variable @code{Info-enable-edit} is non-@code{nil}.
@node Add, Menus, Expert, Advanced Info
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Adding a new node to Info
To add a new topic to the list in the Info directory, you must:
@enumerate
@item
Create some nodes, in some file, to document that topic.
@item
Put that topic in the menu in the directory. @xref{Menus, Menu}.
@end enumerate
Usually, the way to create the nodes is with Texinfo @pxref{Top,, Overview of
Texinfo, texinfo, Texinfo: The GNU Documentation Format}); this has the
advantage that you can also make a printed manual from them. However,
if hyou want to edit an Info file, here is how.
The new node can live in an existing documentation file, or in a new
one. It must have a @key{^_} character before it (invisible to the
user; this node has one but you cannot see it), and it ends with either
a @key{^_}, a @key{^L}, or the end of file. Note: If you put in a
@key{^L} to end a new node, be sure that there is a @key{^_} after it
to start the next one, since @key{^L} cannot @emph{start} a node.
Also, a nicer way to make a node boundary be a page boundary as well
is to put a @key{^L} @emph{right after} the @key{^_}.
The @key{^_} starting a node must be followed by a newline or a
@key{^L} newline, after which comes the node's header line. The
header line must give the node's name (by which Info finds it),
and state the names of the @samp{Next}, @samp{Previous}, and @samp{Up} nodes (if
there are any). As you can see, this node's @samp{Up} node is the node
@samp{Top}, which points at all the documentation for Info. The @samp{Next}
node is @samp{Menus}.
The keywords @dfn{Node}, @dfn{Previous}, @dfn{Up}, and @dfn{Next},
may appear in any order, anywhere in the header line, but the
recommended order is the one in this sentence. Each keyword must be
followed by a colon, spaces and tabs, and then the appropriate name.
The name may be terminated with a tab, a comma, or a newline. A space
does not end it; node names may contain spaces. The case of letters
in the names is insignificant.
A node name has two forms. A node in the current file is named by
what appears after the @samp{Node: } in that node's first line. For
example, this node's name is @samp{Add}. A node in another file is
named by @samp{(@var{filename})@var{node-within-file}}, as in
@samp{(info)Add} for this node. If the file name starts with ``./'',
then it is relative to the current directory; otherwise, it is relative
starting from the standard Info file directory of your site.
The name @samp{(@var{filename})Top} can be abbreviated to just
@samp{(@var{filename})}. By convention, the name @samp{Top} is used for
the ``highest'' node in any single file---the node whose @samp{Up} points
out of the file. The Directory node is @file{(dir)}. The @samp{Top} node
of a document file listed in the Directory should have an @samp{Up:
(dir)} in it.
The node name @kbd{*} is special: it refers to the entire file.
Thus, @kbd{g*} shows you the whole current file. The use of the
node @kbd{*} is to make it possible to make old-fashioned,
unstructured files into nodes of the tree.
The @samp{Node:} name, in which a node states its own name, must not
contain a filename, since Info when searching for a node does not
expect one to be there. The @samp{Next}, @samp{Previous} and @samp{Up} names may
contain them. In this node, since the @samp{Up} node is in the same file,
it was not necessary to use one.
Note that the nodes in this file have a file name in the header
line. The file names are ignored by Info, but they serve as comments
to help identify the node for the user.
@node Menus, Cross-refs, Add, Advanced Info
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section How to Create Menus
Any node in the Info hierarchy may have a @dfn{menu}---a list of subnodes.
The @kbd{m} command searches the current node's menu for the topic which it
reads from the terminal.
A menu begins with a line starting with @samp{* Menu:}. The rest of the
line is a comment. After the starting line, every line that begins
with a @samp{* } lists a single topic. The name of the topic--the
argument that the user must give to the @kbd{m} command to select this
topic---comes right after the star and space, and is followed by a
colon, spaces and tabs, and the name of the node which discusses that
topic. The node name, like node names following @samp{Next}, @samp{Previous}
and @samp{Up}, may be terminated with a tab, comma, or newline; it may also
be terminated with a period.
If the node name and topic name are the same, then rather than
giving the name twice, the abbreviation @samp{* NAME::} may be used
(and should be used, whenever possible, as it reduces the visual
clutter in the menu).
It is considerate to choose the topic names so that they differ
from each other very near the beginning---this allows the user to type
short abbreviations. In a long menu, it is a good idea to capitalize
the beginning of each item name which is the minimum acceptable
abbreviation for it (a long menu is more than 5 or so entries).
The nodes listed in a node's menu are called its ``subnodes'', and
it is their ``superior''. They should each have an @samp{Up:} pointing at
the superior. It is often useful to arrange all or most of the
subnodes in a sequence of @samp{Next} and @samp{Previous} pointers so that someone who
wants to see them all need not keep revisiting the Menu.
The Info Directory is simply the menu of the node @samp{(dir)Top}---that
is, node @samp{Top} in file @file{.../info/dir}. You can put new entries
in that menu just like any other menu. The Info Directory is @emph{not} the
same as the file directory called @file{info}. It happens that many of
Info's files live on that file directory, but they do not have to; and
files on that directory are not automatically listed in the Info
Directory node.
Also, although the Info node graph is claimed to be a ``hierarchy'',
in fact it can be @emph{any} directed graph. Shared structures and
pointer cycles are perfectly possible, and can be used if they are
appropriate to the meaning to be expressed. There is no need for all
the nodes in a file to form a connected structure. In fact, this file
has two connected components. You are in one of them, which is under
the node @samp{Top}; the other contains the node @samp{Help} which the
@kbd{h} command goes to. In fact, since there is no garbage
collector, nothing terrible happens if a substructure is not pointed
to, but such a substructure is rather useless since nobody can
ever find out that it exists.
@node Cross-refs, Tags, Menus, Advanced Info
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Creating Cross References
A cross reference can be placed anywhere in the text, unlike a menu
item which must go at the front of a line. A cross reference looks
like a menu item except that it has @samp{*note} instead of @kbd{*}.
It @emph{cannot} be terminated by a @samp{)}, because @samp{)}'s are
so often part of node names. If you wish to enclose a cross reference
in parentheses, terminate it with a period first. Here are two
examples of cross references pointers:
@example
*Note details: commands. (See *note 3: Full Proof.)
@end example
They are just examples. The places they ``lead to'' do not really exist!
@node Tags, Checking, Cross-refs, Advanced Info
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Tag Tables for Info Files
You can speed up the access to nodes of a large Info file by giving
it a tag table. Unlike the tag table for a program, the tag table for
an Info file lives inside the file itself and is used
automatically whenever Info reads in the file.
To make a tag table, go to a node in the file using Emacs Info mode and type
@kbd{M-x Info-tagify}. Then you must use @kbd{C-x C-s} to save the
file.
Once the Info file has a tag table, you must make certain it is up
to date. If, as a result of deletion of text, any node moves back
more than a thousand characters in the file from the position
recorded in the tag table, Info will no longer be able to find that
node. To update the tag table, use the @code{Info-tagify} command again.
An Info file tag table appears at the end of the file and looks like
this:
@example
^_
Tag Table:
File: info, Node: Cross-refs^?21419
File: info, Node: Tags^?22145
^_
End Tag Table
@end example
@noindent
Note that it contains one line per node, and this line contains
the beginning of the node's header (ending just after the node name),
a Delete character, and the character position in the file of the
beginning of the node.
@node Checking, Emacs Info Variables, Tags, Advanced Info
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Checking an Info File
When creating an Info file, it is easy to forget the name of a node
when you are making a pointer to it from another node. If you put in
the wrong name for a node, this is not detected until someone
tries to go through the pointer using Info. Verification of the Info
file is an automatic process which checks all pointers to nodes and
reports any pointers which are invalid. Every @samp{Next}, @samp{Previous}, and
@samp{Up} is checked, as is every menu item and every cross reference. In
addition, any @samp{Next} which does not have a @samp{Previous} pointing back is
reported. Only pointers within the file are checked, because checking
pointers to other files would be terribly slow. But those are usually
few.
To check an Info file, do @kbd{M-x Info-validate} while looking at
any node of the file with Emacs Info mode.
@node Emacs Info Variables, , Checking, Advanced Info
@section Emacs Info-mode Variables
The following variables may modify the behaviour of Info-mode in Emacs;
you may wish to set one or several of these variables interactively, or
in your @file{~/.emacs} init file. @xref{Examining, Examining and Setting
Variables, Examining and Setting Variables, emacs, The GNU Emacs
Manual}.
@vtable @code
@item Info-enable-edit
Set to @code{nil}, disables the @samp{e} (@code{Info-edit}) command. A
non-@code{nil} value enables it. @xref{Add, Edit}.
@item Info-enable-active-nodes
When set to a non-@code{nil} value, allows Info to execute Lisp code
associated with nodes. The Lisp code is executed when the node is
selected.
@item Info-directory-list
The list of directories to search for Info files. Each element is a
string (directory name) or @code{nil} (try default directory).
@item Info-directory
The standard directory for Info documentation files. Only used when the
function @code{Info-directory} is called.
@end vtable
@node Create an Info File, , Advanced Info, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Creating an Info File from a Makeinfo file
@code{makeinfo} is a utility that converts a Texinfo file into an Info
file; @code{texinfo-format-region} and @code{texinfo-format-buffer} are
GNU Emacs functions that do the same.
@xref{Create an Info File, , Creating an Info File, texinfo, the Texinfo
Manual}, to learn how to create an Info file from a Texinfo file.
@xref{Top,, Overview of Texinfo, texinfo, Texinfo: The GNU Documentation
Format}, to learn how to write a Texinfo file.
@bye

177
texinfo/doc/macro.texi Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
@c This file is included in makeinfo.texi.
@c
@ifinfo
@comment Here are some useful examples of the macro facility.
@c Simply insert the right version of the texinfo name.
@macro texinfo{}
TeXinfo
@end macro
@macro dfn{text}
@dfn{\text\}
@cpindex \text\
@end macro
@c Define a macro which expands to a pretty version of the name of the
@c Makeinfo program.
@macro makeinfo{}
@code{Makeinfo}
@end macro
@c Define a macro which is used to define other macros. This one makes
@c a macro which creates a node and gives it a sectioning command. Note
@c that the created macro uses the original definition within the
@c expansion text. This takes advantage of the non-recursion feature of
@c macro execution.
@macro node_define{orig-name}
@macro \orig-name\{title}
@node \title\
@\orig-name\ \title\
@end macro
@end macro
@c Now actually define a new set of sectioning commands.
@node_define {chapter}
@node_define {section}
@node_define {subsection}
@end ifinfo
@chapter The Macro Facility
This chapter describes the new macro facility.
A @dfn{macro} is a command that you define in terms of other commands.
It doesn't exist as a @texinfo{} command until you define it as part of
the input file to @makeinfo{}. Once the command exists, it behaves much
as any other @texinfo{} command. Macros are a useful way to ease the
details and tedium of writing a `correct' info file. The following
sections explain how to write and invoke macros.
@menu
* How to Use Macros in @texinfo{}::
How to use the macro facility.
* Using Macros Recursively::
How to write a macro which does (or doesn't) recurse.
* Using @texinfo{} Macros As Arguments::
Passing a macro as an argument.
@end menu
@section How to Use Macros in @texinfo{}
Using macros in @texinfo{} is easy. First you define the macro. After
that, the macro command is available as a normal @texinfo{} command.
Here is what a definition looks like:
@example
@@macro @var{name}@{@var{arg1}, @var{@dots{}} @var{argn}@}
@var{@texinfo{} commands@dots{}}
@@end macro
@end example
The arguments that you specify that the macro takes are expanded with
the actual parameters used when calling the macro if they are seen
surrounded by backslashes. For example, here is a definition of
@code{@@codeitem}, a macro which can be used wherever @code{@@item} can
be used, but which surrounds its argument with @code{@@code@{@dots{}@}}.
@example
@@macro codeitem@{item@}
@@item @@code@{\item\@}
@@end macro
@end example
When the macro is expanded, all of the text between the @code{@@macro}
and @code{@@end macro} is inserted into the document at the expansion
point, with the actual parameters substituted for the named parameters.
So, a call to the above macro might look like:
@example
@@codeitem@{Foo@}
@end example
and @makeinfo{} would execute the following code:
@example
@@item @@code@{Foo@}
@end example
A special case is made for macros which only take a single argument, and
which are invoked without any brace characters (i.e.,
@samp{@{}@dots{}@samp{@}}) surrounding an argument; the rest of the line
is supplied as is as the sole argument to the macro. This special case
allows one to redefine some standard @texinfo{} commands without
modifying the input file. Along with the non-recursive action of macro
invocation, one can easily redefine the sectioning commands to also
provide index entries:
@example
@@macro chapter@{name@}
@@chapter \name\
@@findex \name\
@@end macro
@end example
Thus, the text:
@example
@@chapter strlen
@end example
will expand to:
@example
@@chapter strlen
@@findex strlen
@end example
@section Using Macros Recursively
Normally, while a particular macro is executing, any call to that macro
will be seen as a call to a builtin @texinfo{} command. This allows one
to redefine a builtin @texinfo{} command as a macro, and then use that
command within the definition of the macro itself. For example, one
might wish to make sure that whereever a term was defined with
@code{@@dfn@{@dots{}@}}, the location of the definition would appear
in the concept index for the manual. Here is a macro which redefines
@code{@@dfn} to do just that:
@example
@@macro dfn@{text@}
@@dfn@{\text\@}
@@cpindex \text\
@@end macro
@end example
Note that we used the builtin @texinfo{} command @code{@@dfn} within our
overriding macro definition.
This behaviour itself can be overridden for macro execution by writing a
special @dfn{macro control command} in the definition of the macro. The
command is considered special because it doesn't affect the output text
directly, rather, it affects the way in which the macro is defined. One
such special command is @code{@@allow-recursion}.
@example
@@macro silly@{arg@}
@@allow-recursion
\arg\
@@end macro
@end example
Now @code{@@silly} is a macro that can be used within a call to itself:
@example
This text @@silly@{@@silly@{some text@}@} is ``some text''.
@end example
@section Using @texinfo{} Macros As Arguments
@printindex cp
How to use @texinfo{} macros as arguments to other @texinfo{} macros.
@bye

4935
texinfo/doc/texinfo.tex Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

17289
texinfo/doc/texinfo.texi Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1270
texinfo/doc/userdoc.texi Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

21
texinfo/emacs/Makefile.am Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
## Makefile.am for texinfo/emacs.
## $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.1 1998/03/23 04:42:12 law Exp $
## Run automake in .. to produce Makefile.in from this.
# Do not byte compile our Elisp files by default.
ELCFILES =
# Do not install our Elisp files by default, either.
noinst_LISP = info.el informat.el makeinfo.el \
texinfmt.el texinfo.el texnfo-upd.el
EXTRA_DIST = README elisp-comp new-useful-setqs $(noinst_LISP)
install-data-local:
@echo "WARNING: You must (compile and) install the Emacs Lisp files"
@echo "WARNING: manually. See ./emacs/README for some considerations."
# For some reason these do not get defined.
distclean-lisp:
clean-lisp:
mostlyclean-lisp:

17
texinfo/emacs/README Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
This directory contains Emacs Lisp sources related to Texinfo.
M-x texinfo-format-buffer is no longer the standard way to make .info
files, and may or may not work. Use makeinfo instead. See the
`makeinfo advantages' in the manual for why.
The files here may or may not be newer than the versions in the latest
Emacs distribution -- there is only one master source, so it simply
depends on what was released later. Use whatever works better for you.
They are not compiled or installed by default, because of the above, and
also due to the wide variations in sites' Emacs installations.
Even if you do install them, you may not want to compile them if your
site is running multiple versions of Emacs, since .elc files are not
portable between all Emacs releases. If you do want to compile them,
just run the ./elisp-comp shell script.

44
texinfo/info/Makefile.am Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
## Makefile.am for texinfo/info.
## $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.1 1998/03/23 04:42:20 law Exp $
## Run automake in .. to produce Makefile.in from this.
noinst_PROGRAMS = makedoc
# Use `ginfo' for building to avoid confusion with the standard `info'
# target. The install rule removes the `g' before applying any
# user-specified name transformations.
bin_PROGRAMS = ginfo
transform = s/ginfo/info/; @program_transform_name@
localedir = $(datadir)/locale
# -I. for funs.h.
INCLUDES = -I. -I$(top_srcdir)/lib -I../intl -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\"
LDADD = ../lib/libtxi.a @TERMLIBS@ @INTLLIBS@
makedoc_SOURCES = makedoc.c
ginfo_SOURCES = dir.c display.c display.h doc.c doc.h dribble.c dribble.h \
echo-area.c echo-area.h \
filesys.c filesys.h footnotes.c footnotes.h funs.h gc.c gc.h \
indices.c indices.h info-utils.c info-utils.h info.c info.h infodoc.c \
infomap.c infomap.h m-x.c man.c man.h nodemenu.c nodes.c nodes.h \
search.c search.h session.c session.h signals.c signals.h \
termdep.h terminal.c terminal.h tilde.c tilde.h \
variables.c variables.h window.c window.h
EXTRA_DIST = README
# The files `doc.c' and `funs.h' are created by ./makedoc run over the source
# files which contain DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND. `funs.h' is a header file
# listing the functions found. `doc.c' is a structure containing pointers
# to those functions along with completable names and documentation strings.
#
# I do not know how to get this right.
# BUILT_SOURCES = doc.c funs.h
#
#cmd_sources = $(srcdir)/session.c $(srcdir)/echo-area.c $(srcdir)/infodoc.c \
# $(srcdir)/m-x.c $(srcdir)/indices.c $(srcdir)/nodemenu.c \
# $(srcdir)/footnotes.c $(srcdir)/variables.c
#
#$(BUILTSOURCES): makedoc $(cmd_sources)
# ./makedoc $(cmd_sources)

129
texinfo/info/doc.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
/* doc.c -- Generated structure containing function names and doc strings.
This file was automatically made from various source files with the
command "./makedoc". DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE, only "./makedoc.c".
Source files groveled to make this file include:
./session.c
./echo-area.c
./infodoc.c
./m-x.c
./indices.c
./nodemenu.c
./footnotes.c
./variables.c
An entry in the array FUNCTION_DOC_ARRAY is made for each command
found in the above files; each entry consists of a function pointer,
a string which is the user-visible name of the function,
and a string which documents its purpose. */
#include "doc.h"
#include "funs.h"
FUNCTION_DOC function_doc_array[] = {
/* Commands found in "./session.c". */
{ info_next_line, "next-line", N_("Move down to the next line") },
{ info_prev_line, "prev-line", N_("Move up to the previous line") },
{ info_end_of_line, "end-of-line", N_("Move to the end of the line") },
{ info_beginning_of_line, "beginning-of-line", N_("Move to the start of the line") },
{ info_forward_char, "forward-char", N_("Move forward a character") },
{ info_backward_char, "backward-char", N_("Move backward a character") },
{ info_forward_word, "forward-word", N_("Move forward a word") },
{ info_backward_word, "backward-word", N_("Move backward a word") },
{ info_global_next_node, "global-next-node", N_("Move forwards or down through node structure") },
{ info_global_prev_node, "global-prev-node", N_("Move backwards or up through node structure") },
{ info_scroll_forward, "scroll-forward", N_("Scroll forward in this window") },
{ info_scroll_backward, "scroll-backward", N_("Scroll backward in this window") },
{ info_beginning_of_node, "beginning-of-node", N_("Move to the start of this node") },
{ info_end_of_node, "end-of-node", N_("Move to the end of this node") },
{ info_next_window, "next-window", N_("Select the next window") },
{ info_prev_window, "prev-window", N_("Select the previous window") },
{ info_split_window, "split-window", N_("Split the current window") },
{ info_delete_window, "delete-window", N_("Delete the current window") },
{ info_keep_one_window, "keep-one-window", N_("Delete all other windows") },
{ info_scroll_other_window, "scroll-other-window", N_("Scroll the other window") },
{ info_grow_window, "grow-window", N_("Grow (or shrink) this window") },
{ info_tile_windows, "tile-windows", N_("Divide the available screen space among the visible windows") },
{ info_toggle_wrap, "toggle-wrap", N_("Toggle the state of line wrapping in the current window") },
{ info_next_node, "next-node", N_("Select the `Next' node") },
{ info_prev_node, "prev-node", N_("Select the `Prev' node") },
{ info_up_node, "up-node", N_("Select the `Up' node") },
{ info_last_node, "last-node", N_("Select the last node in this file") },
{ info_first_node, "first-node", N_("Select the first node in this file") },
{ info_history_node, "history-node", N_("Select the most recently selected node") },
{ info_last_menu_item, "last-menu-item", N_("Select the last item in this node's menu") },
{ info_menu_digit, "menu-digit", N_("Select this menu item") },
{ info_menu_item, "menu-item", N_("Read a menu item and select its node") },
{ info_xref_item, "xref-item", N_("Read a footnote or cross reference and select its node") },
{ info_find_menu, "find-menu", N_("Move to the start of this node's menu") },
{ info_visit_menu, "visit-menu", N_("Visit as many menu items at once as possible") },
{ info_goto_node, "goto-node", N_("Read a node name and select it") },
{ info_man, "man", N_("Read a manpage reference and select it") },
{ info_top_node, "top-node", N_("Select the node `Top' in this file") },
{ info_dir_node, "dir-node", N_("Select the node `(dir)'") },
{ info_kill_node, "kill-node", N_("Kill this node") },
{ info_view_file, "view-file", N_("Read the name of a file and select it") },
{ info_print_node, "print-node", N_("Pipe the contents of this node through INFO_PRINT_COMMAND") },
{ info_search, "search", N_("Read a string and search for it") },
{ isearch_forward, "isearch-forward", N_("Search interactively for a string as you type it") },
{ isearch_backward, "isearch-backward", N_("Search interactively for a string as you type it") },
{ info_move_to_prev_xref, "move-to-prev-xref", N_("Move to the previous cross reference") },
{ info_move_to_next_xref, "move-to-next-xref", N_("Move to the next cross reference") },
{ info_select_reference_this_line, "select-reference-this-line", N_("Select reference or menu item appearing on this line") },
{ info_abort_key, "abort-key", N_("Cancel current operation") },
{ info_move_to_window_line, "move-to-window-line", N_("Move to the cursor to a specific line of the window") },
{ info_redraw_display, "redraw-display", N_("Redraw the display") },
{ info_quit, "quit", N_("Quit using Info") },
{ info_do_lowercase_version, "do-lowercase-version", "" },
{ info_add_digit_to_numeric_arg, "add-digit-to-numeric-arg", N_("Add this digit to the current numeric argument") },
{ info_universal_argument, N_("universal-argument"), N_("Start (or multiply by 4) the current numeric argument") },
{ info_numeric_arg_digit_loop, "numeric-arg-digit-loop", N_("Internally used by \\[universal-argument]") },
/* Commands found in "./echo-area.c". */
{ ea_forward, "echo-area-forward", N_("Move forward a character") },
{ ea_backward, "echo-area-backward", N_("Move backward a character") },
{ ea_beg_of_line, "echo-area-beg-of-line", N_("Move to the start of this line") },
{ ea_end_of_line, "echo-area-end-of-line", N_("Move to the end of this line") },
{ ea_forward_word, "echo-area-forward-word", N_("Move forward a word") },
{ ea_backward_word, "echo-area-backward-word", N_("Move backward a word") },
{ ea_delete, "echo-area-delete", N_("Delete the character under the cursor") },
{ ea_rubout, "echo-area-rubout", N_("Delete the character behind the cursor") },
{ ea_abort, "echo-area-abort", N_("Cancel or quit operation") },
{ ea_newline, "echo-area-newline", N_("Accept (or force completion of) this line") },
{ ea_quoted_insert, "echo-area-quoted-insert", N_("Insert next character verbatim") },
{ ea_insert, "echo-area-insert", N_("Insert this character") },
{ ea_tab_insert, "echo-area-tab-insert", N_("Insert a TAB character") },
{ ea_transpose_chars, "echo-area-transpose-chars", N_("Transpose characters at point") },
{ ea_yank, "echo-area-yank", N_("Yank back the contents of the last kill") },
{ ea_yank_pop, "echo-area-yank-pop", N_("Yank back a previous kill") },
{ ea_kill_line, "echo-area-kill-line", N_("Kill to the end of the line") },
{ ea_backward_kill_line, "echo-area-backward-kill-line", N_("Kill to the beginning of the line") },
{ ea_kill_word, "echo-area-kill-word", N_("Kill the word following the cursor") },
{ ea_backward_kill_word, "echo-area-backward-kill-word", N_("Kill the word preceding the cursor") },
{ ea_possible_completions, "echo-area-possible-completions", N_("List possible completions") },
{ ea_complete, "echo-area-complete", N_("Insert completion") },
{ ea_scroll_completions_window, "echo-area-scroll-completions-window", N_("Scroll the completions window") },
/* Commands found in "./infodoc.c". */
{ info_get_help_window, "get-help-window", N_("Display help message") },
{ info_get_info_help_node, "get-info-help-node", N_("Visit Info node `(info)Help'") },
{ describe_key, "describe-key", N_("Print documentation for KEY") },
{ info_where_is, "where-is", N_("Show what to type to execute a given command") },
/* Commands found in "./m-x.c". */
{ describe_command, "describe-command", N_("Read the name of an Info command and describe it") },
{ info_execute_command, "execute-command", N_("Read a command name in the echo area and execute it") },
{ set_screen_height, "set-screen-height", N_("Set the height of the displayed window") },
/* Commands found in "./indices.c". */
{ info_index_search, "index-search", N_("Look up a string in the index for this file") },
{ info_next_index_match, "next-index-match", N_("Go to the next matching index item from the last `\\[index-search]' command") },
{ info_index_apropos, "index-apropos", N_("Grovel all known info file's indices for a string and build a menu") },
/* Commands found in "./nodemenu.c". */
{ list_visited_nodes, "list-visited-nodes", N_("Make a window containing a menu of all of the currently visited nodes") },
{ select_visited_node, "select-visited-node", N_("Select a node which has been previously visited in a visible window") },
/* Commands found in "./footnotes.c". */
{ info_show_footnotes, "show-footnotes", N_("Show the footnotes associated with this node in another window") },
/* Commands found in "./variables.c". */
{ describe_variable, "describe-variable", N_("Explain the use of a variable") },
{ set_variable, "set-variable", N_("Set the value of an Info variable") },
{ (VFunction *)NULL, (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL }
};

1505
texinfo/info/echo-area.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

64
texinfo/info/echo-area.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
/* echo-area.h -- Functions used in reading information from the echo area.
$Id: echo-area.h,v 1.1 1998/03/23 04:42:27 law Exp $
This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation
stored in Info format.
Copyright (C) 1993, 97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#ifndef INFO_ECHO_AREA_H
#define INFO_ECHO_AREA_H
#define EA_MAX_INPUT 256
extern int echo_area_is_active, info_aborted_echo_area;
/* Non-zero means that the last command executed while reading input
killed some text. */
extern int echo_area_last_command_was_kill;
extern void inform_in_echo_area (), echo_area_inform_of_deleted_window ();
extern void echo_area_prep_read ();
extern VFunction *ea_last_executed_command;
/* Read a line of text in the echo area. Return a malloc ()'ed string,
or NULL if the user aborted out of this read. WINDOW is the currently
active window, so that we can restore it when we need to. PROMPT, if
non-null, is a prompt to print before reading the line. */
extern char *info_read_in_echo_area ();
/* Read a line in the echo area with completion over COMPLETIONS.
Takes arguments of WINDOW, PROMPT, and COMPLETIONS, a REFERENCE **. */
char *info_read_completing_in_echo_area ();
/* Read a line in the echo area allowing completion over COMPLETIONS, but
not requiring it. Takes arguments of WINDOW, PROMPT, and COMPLETIONS,
a REFERENCE **. */
extern char *info_read_maybe_completing ();
extern void ea_insert (), ea_quoted_insert ();
extern void ea_beg_of_line (), ea_backward (), ea_delete (), ea_end_of_line ();
extern void ea_forward (), ea_abort (), ea_rubout (), ea_complete ();
extern void ea_newline (), ea_kill_line (), ea_transpose_chars ();
extern void ea_yank (), ea_tab_insert (), ea_possible_completions ();
extern void ea_backward_word (), ea_kill_word (), ea_forward_word ();
extern void ea_yank_pop (), ea_backward_kill_word ();
extern void ea_scroll_completions_window ();
#endif /* not INFO_ECHO_AREA_H */

111
texinfo/info/funs.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
/* funs.h -- Generated declarations for Info commands. */
/* Functions declared in "./session.c". */
extern void info_next_line ();
extern void info_prev_line ();
extern void info_end_of_line ();
extern void info_beginning_of_line ();
extern void info_forward_char ();
extern void info_backward_char ();
extern void info_forward_word ();
extern void info_backward_word ();
extern void info_global_next_node ();
extern void info_global_prev_node ();
extern void info_scroll_forward ();
extern void info_scroll_backward ();
extern void info_beginning_of_node ();
extern void info_end_of_node ();
extern void info_next_window ();
extern void info_prev_window ();
extern void info_split_window ();
extern void info_delete_window ();
extern void info_keep_one_window ();
extern void info_scroll_other_window ();
extern void info_grow_window ();
extern void info_tile_windows ();
extern void info_toggle_wrap ();
extern void info_next_node ();
extern void info_prev_node ();
extern void info_up_node ();
extern void info_last_node ();
extern void info_first_node ();
extern void info_history_node ();
extern void info_last_menu_item ();
extern void info_menu_digit ();
extern void info_menu_item ();
extern void info_xref_item ();
extern void info_find_menu ();
extern void info_visit_menu ();
extern void info_goto_node ();
extern void info_man ();
extern void info_top_node ();
extern void info_dir_node ();
extern void info_kill_node ();
extern void info_view_file ();
extern void info_print_node ();
extern void info_search ();
extern void isearch_forward ();
extern void isearch_backward ();
extern void info_move_to_prev_xref ();
extern void info_move_to_next_xref ();
extern void info_select_reference_this_line ();
extern void info_abort_key ();
extern void info_move_to_window_line ();
extern void info_redraw_display ();
extern void info_quit ();
extern void info_do_lowercase_version ();
extern void info_add_digit_to_numeric_arg ();
extern void info_universal_argument ();
extern void info_numeric_arg_digit_loop ();
/* Functions declared in "./echo-area.c". */
extern void ea_forward ();
extern void ea_backward ();
extern void ea_beg_of_line ();
extern void ea_end_of_line ();
extern void ea_forward_word ();
extern void ea_backward_word ();
extern void ea_delete ();
extern void ea_rubout ();
extern void ea_abort ();
extern void ea_newline ();
extern void ea_quoted_insert ();
extern void ea_insert ();
extern void ea_tab_insert ();
extern void ea_transpose_chars ();
extern void ea_yank ();
extern void ea_yank_pop ();
extern void ea_kill_line ();
extern void ea_backward_kill_line ();
extern void ea_kill_word ();
extern void ea_backward_kill_word ();
extern void ea_possible_completions ();
extern void ea_complete ();
extern void ea_scroll_completions_window ();
/* Functions declared in "./infodoc.c". */
extern void info_get_help_window ();
extern void info_get_info_help_node ();
extern void describe_key ();
extern void info_where_is ();
/* Functions declared in "./m-x.c". */
extern void describe_command ();
extern void info_execute_command ();
extern void set_screen_height ();
/* Functions declared in "./indices.c". */
extern void info_index_search ();
extern void info_next_index_match ();
extern void info_index_apropos ();
/* Functions declared in "./nodemenu.c". */
extern void list_visited_nodes ();
extern void select_visited_node ();
/* Functions declared in "./footnotes.c". */
extern void info_show_footnotes ();
/* Functions declared in "./variables.c". */
extern void describe_variable ();
extern void set_variable ();

971
texinfo/intl/ChangeLog Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,971 @@
Thu Sep 4 15:01:11 1997 Jeffrey A Law (law@cygnus.com)
* Makefile.in (install-info): Add dummy target.
Mon Mar 10 06:51:17 1997 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
* Makefile.in: Implement handling of libtool.
* gettextP.h: Change data structures for use of generic lowlevel
i18n file handling.
Wed Dec 4 20:21:18 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
* textdomain.c: Put parentheses around arguments of memcpy macro
definition.
* localealias.c: Likewise.
* l10nflist.c: Likewise.
* finddomain.c: Likewise.
* bindtextdom.c: Likewise.
Reported by Thomas Esken.
Mon Nov 25 22:57:51 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
* textdomain.c: Move definition of `memcpy` macro to right
position.
Fri Nov 22 04:01:58 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
* finddomain.c [!HAVE_STRING_H && !_LIBC]: Define memcpy using
bcopy if not already defined. Reported by Thomas Esken.
* bindtextdom.c: Likewise.
* l10nflist.c: Likewise.
* localealias.c: Likewise.
* textdomain.c: Likewise.
Tue Oct 29 11:10:27 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
* Makefile.in (libdir): Change to use exec_prefix instead of
prefix. Reported by Knut-HåvardAksnes <etokna@eto.ericsson.se>.
Sat Aug 31 03:07:09 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
* l10nflist.c (_nl_normalize_codeset): We convert to lower case,
so don't prepend uppercase `ISO' for only numeric arg.
Fri Jul 19 00:15:46 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
* l10nflist.c: Move inclusion of argz.h, ctype.h, stdlib.h after
definition of _GNU_SOURCE. Patch by Roland McGrath.
* Makefile.in (uninstall): Fix another bug with `for' loop and
empty arguments. Patch by Jim Meyering. Correct name os
uninstalled files: no intl- prefix anymore.
* Makefile.in (install-data): Again work around shells which
cannot handle mpty for list. Reported by Jim Meyering.
Sat Jul 13 18:11:35 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
* Makefile.in (install): Split goal. Now depend on install-exec
and install-data.
(install-exec, install-data): New goals. Created from former
install goal.
Reported by Karl Berry.
Sat Jun 22 04:58:14 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
* Makefile.in (MKINSTALLDIRS): New variable. Path to
mkinstalldirs script.
(install): use MKINSTALLDIRS variable or if the script is not present
try to find it in the $top_scrdir).
Wed Jun 19 02:56:56 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
* l10nflist.c: Linux libc *partly* includes the argz_* functions.
Grr. Work around by renaming the static version and use macros
for renaming.
Tue Jun 18 20:11:17 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
* l10nflist.c: Correct presence test macros of __argz_* functions.
* l10nflist.c: Include <argz.h> based on test of it instead when
__argz_* functions are available.
Reported by Andreas Schwab.
Thu Jun 13 15:17:44 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
* explodename.c, l10nflist.c: Define NULL for dumb systems.
Tue Jun 11 17:05:13 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
* intlh.inst.in, libgettext.h (dcgettext): Rename local variable
result to __result to prevent name clash.
* l10nflist.c, localealias.c, dcgettext.c: Define _GNU_SOURCE to
get prototype for stpcpy and strcasecmp.
* intlh.inst.in, libgettext.h: Move declaration of
`_nl_msg_cat_cntr' outside __extension__ block to prevent warning
from gcc's -Wnested-extern option.
Fri Jun 7 01:58:00 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
* Makefile.in (install): Remove comment.
Thu Jun 6 17:28:17 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
* Makefile.in (install): Work around for another Buglix stupidity.
Always use an `else' close for `if's. Reported by Nelson Beebe.
* Makefile.in (intlh.inst): Correct typo in phony rule.
Reported by Nelson Beebe.
Thu Jun 6 01:49:52 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
* dcgettext.c (read_alias_file): Rename variable alloca_list to
block_list as the macro calls assume.
Patch by Eric Backus.
* localealias.c [!HAVE_ALLOCA]: Define alloca as macro using
malloc.
(read_alias_file): Rename varriabe alloca_list to block_list as the
macro calls assume.
Patch by Eric Backus.
* l10nflist.c: Correct conditional for <argz.h> inclusion.
Reported by Roland McGrath.
* Makefile.in (all): Depend on all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@, not
all-@USE_NLS@.
* Makefile.in (install): intlh.inst comes from local dir, not
$(srcdir).
* Makefile.in (intlh.inst): Special handling of this goal. If
used in gettext, this is really a rul to construct this file. If
used in any other package it is defined as a .PHONY rule with
empty body.
* finddomain.c: Extract locale file information handling into
l10nfile.c. Rename local stpcpy__ function to stpcpy.
* dcgettext.c (stpcpy): Add local definition.
* l10nflist.c: Solve some portability problems. Patches partly by
Thomas Esken. Add local definition of stpcpy.
Tue Jun 4 02:47:49 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
* intlh.inst.in: Don't depend including <locale.h> on
HAVE_LOCALE_H. Instead configure must rewrite this fiile
depending on the result of the configure run.
* Makefile.in (install): libintl.inst is now called intlh.inst.
Add rules for updating intlh.inst from intlh.inst.in.
* libintl.inst: Renamed to intlh.inst.in.
* localealias.c, dcgettext.c [__GNUC__]: Define HAVE_ALLOCA to 1
because gcc has __buitlin_alloca.
Reported by Roland McGrath.
Mon Jun 3 00:32:16 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
* Makefile.in (installcheck): New goal to fulfill needs of
automake's distcheck.
* Makefile.in (install): Reorder commands so that VERSION is
found.
* Makefile.in (gettextsrcdir): Now use subdirectory intl/ in
@datadir@/gettext.
(COMSRCS): Add l10nfile.c.
(OBJECTS): Add l10nfile.o.
(DISTFILES): Rename to DISTFILE.normal. Remove $(DISTFILES.common).
(DISTFILE.gettext): Remove $(DISTFILES.common).
(all-gettext): Remove goal.
(install): If $(PACKAGE) = gettext install, otherwose do nothing. No
package but gettext itself should install libintl.h + headers.
(dist): Extend goal to work for gettext, too.
(dist-gettext): Remove goal.
* dcgettext.c [!HAVE_ALLOCA]: Define macro alloca by using malloc.
Sun Jun 2 17:33:06 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
* loadmsgcat.c (_nl_load_domain): Parameter is now comes from
find_l10nfile.
Sat Jun 1 02:23:03 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>
* l10nflist.c (__argz_next): Add definition.
* dcgettext.c [!HAVE_ALLOCA]: Add code for handling missing alloca
code. Use new l10nfile handling.
* localealias.c [!HAVE_ALLOCA]: Add code for handling missing
alloca code.
* l10nflist.c: Initial revision.
Tue Apr 2 18:51:18 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* Makefile.in (all-gettext): New goal. Same as all-yes.
Thu Mar 28 23:01:22 1996 Karl Eichwalder <ke@ke.central.de>
* Makefile.in (gettextsrcdir): Define using @datadir@.
Tue Mar 26 12:39:14 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* finddomain.c: Include <ctype.h>. Reported by Roland McGrath.
Sat Mar 23 02:00:35 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* finddomain.c (stpcpy): Rename to stpcpy__ to prevent clashing
with external declaration.
Sat Mar 2 00:47:09 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* Makefile.in (all-no): Rename from all_no.
Sat Feb 17 00:25:59 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* gettextP.h [loaded_domain]: Array `successor' must now contain up
to 63 elements (because of codeset name normalization).
* finddomain.c: Implement codeset name normalization.
Thu Feb 15 04:39:09 1996 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* Makefile.in (all): Define to `all-@USE_NLS@'.
(all-yes, all_no): New goals. `all-no' is noop, `all-yes'
is former all.
Mon Jan 15 21:46:01 1996 Howard Gayle <howard@hal.com>
* localealias.c (alias_compare): Increment string pointers in loop
of strcasecmp replacement.
Fri Dec 29 21:16:34 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* Makefile.in (install-src): Who commented this goal out ? :-)
Fri Dec 29 15:08:16 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* dcgettext.c (DCGETTEXT): Save `errno'. Failing system calls
should not effect it because a missing catalog is no error.
Reported by Harald K<o:>nig <koenig@tat.physik.uni-tuebingen.de>.
Tue Dec 19 22:09:13 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* Makefile.in (Makefile): Explicitly use $(SHELL) for running
shell scripts.
Fri Dec 15 17:34:59 1995 Andreas Schwab <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
* Makefile.in (install-src): Only install library and header when
we use the own implementation. Don't do it when using the
system's gettext or catgets functions.
* dcgettext.c (find_msg): Must not swap domain->hash_size here.
Sat Dec 9 16:24:37 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* localealias.c, libintl.inst, libgettext.h, hash-string.h,
gettextP.h, finddomain.c, dcgettext.c, cat-compat.c:
Use PARAMS instead of __P. Suggested by Roland McGrath.
Tue Dec 5 11:39:14 1995 Larry Schwimmer <rosebud@cyclone.stanford.edu>
* libgettext.h: Use `#if !defined (_LIBINTL_H)' instead of `#if
!_LIBINTL_H' because Solaris defines _LIBINTL_H as empty.
Mon Dec 4 15:42:07 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* Makefile.in (install-src):
Install libintl.inst instead of libintl.h.install.
Sat Dec 2 22:51:38 1995 Marcus Daniels <marcus@sysc.pdx.edu>
* cat-compat.c (textdomain):
Reverse order in which files are tried you load. First
try local file, when this failed absolute path.
Wed Nov 29 02:03:53 1995 Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>
* cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain): Add missing { }.
Sun Nov 26 18:21:41 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* libintl.inst: Add missing __P definition. Reported by Nelson Beebe.
* Makefile.in:
Add dummy `all' and `dvi' goals. Reported by Tom Tromey.
Sat Nov 25 16:12:01 1995 Franc,ois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>
* hash-string.h: Capitalize arguments of macros.
Sat Nov 25 12:01:36 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Prevent files names longer than 13
characters. libintl.h.glibc->libintl.glibc,
libintl.h.install->libintl.inst. Reported by Joshua R. Poulson.
Sat Nov 25 11:31:12 1995 Eric Backus <ericb@lsid.hp.com>
* dcgettext.c: Fix bug in preprocessor conditionals.
Sat Nov 25 02:35:27 1995 Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>
* libgettext.h: Solaris cc does not understand
#if !SYMBOL1 && !SYMBOL2. Sad but true.
Thu Nov 23 16:22:14 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* hash-string.h (hash_string):
Fix for machine with >32 bit `unsigned long's.
* dcgettext.c (DCGETTEXT):
Fix horrible bug in loop for alternative translation.
Thu Nov 23 01:45:29 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* po2tbl.sed.in, linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed:
Some further simplifications in message number generation.
Mon Nov 20 21:08:43 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* libintl.h.glibc: Use __const instead of const in prototypes.
* Makefile.in (install-src):
Install libintl.h.install instead of libintl.h. This
is a stripped-down version. Suggested by Peter Miller.
* libintl.h.install, libintl.h.glibc: Initial revision.
* localealias.c (_nl_expand_alias, read_alias_file):
Protect prototypes in type casts by __P.
Tue Nov 14 16:43:58 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* hash-string.h: Correct prototype for hash_string.
Sun Nov 12 12:42:30 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* hash-string.h (hash_string): Add prototype.
* gettextP.h: Fix copyright.
(SWAP): Add prototype.
Wed Nov 8 22:56:33 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* localealias.c (read_alias_file): Forgot sizeof.
Avoid calling *printf function. This introduces a big overhead.
Patch by Roland McGrath.
Tue Nov 7 14:21:08 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* finddomain.c, cat-compat.c: Wrong indentation in #if for stpcpy.
* finddomain.c (stpcpy):
Define substitution function local. The macro was to flaky.
* cat-compat.c: Fix typo.
* xopen-msg.sed, linux-msg.sed:
While bringing message number to right place only accept digits.
* linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed: Now that the counter does not have
leading 0s we don't need to remove them. Reported by Marcus
Daniels.
* Makefile.in (../po/cat-id-tbl.o): Use $(top_srdir) in
dependency. Reported by Marcus Daniels.
* cat-compat.c: (stpcpy) [!_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY]: Define replacement.
Generally cleanup using #if instead of #ifndef.
* Makefile.in: Correct typos in comment. By Franc,ois Pinard.
Mon Nov 6 00:27:02 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* Makefile.in (install-src): Don't install libintl.h and libintl.a
if we use an available gettext implementation.
Sun Nov 5 22:02:08 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* libgettext.h: Fix typo: HAVE_CATGETTS -> HAVE_CATGETS. Reported
by Franc,ois Pinard.
* libgettext.h: Use #if instead of #ifdef/#ifndef.
* finddomain.c:
Comments describing what has to be done should start with FIXME.
Sun Nov 5 19:38:01 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Split. Use DISTFILES with normal meaning.
DISTFILES.common names the files common to both dist goals.
DISTFILES.gettext are the files only distributed in GNU gettext.
Sun Nov 5 17:32:54 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* dcgettext.c (DCGETTEXT): Correct searching in derived locales.
This was necessary since a change in _nl_find_msg several weeks
ago. I really don't know this is still not fixed.
Sun Nov 5 12:43:12 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* loadmsgcat.c (_nl_load_domain): Test for FILENAME == NULL. This
might mark a special condition.
* finddomain.c (make_entry_rec): Don't make illegal entry as decided.
* Makefile.in (dist): Suppress error message when ln failed.
Get files from $(srcdir) explicitly.
* libgettext.h (gettext_const): Rename to gettext_noop.
Fri Nov 3 07:36:50 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* finddomain.c (make_entry_rec):
Protect against wrong locale names by testing mask.
* libgettext.h (gettext_const): Add macro definition.
Capitalize macro arguments.
Thu Nov 2 23:15:51 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain):
Test for pointer != NULL before accessing value.
Reported by Tom Tromey.
* gettext.c (NULL):
Define as (void*)0 instad of 0. Reported by Franc,ois Pinard.
Mon Oct 30 21:28:52 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* po2tbl.sed.in: Serious typo bug fixed by Jim Meyering.
Sat Oct 28 23:20:47 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* libgettext.h: Disable dcgettext optimization for Solaris 2.3.
* localealias.c (alias_compare):
Peter Miller reported that tolower in some systems is
even dumber than I thought. Protect call by `isupper'.
Fri Oct 27 22:22:51 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* Makefile.in (libdir, includedir): New variables.
(install-src): Install libintl.a and libintl.h in correct dirs.
Fri Oct 27 22:07:29 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* Makefile.in (SOURCES): Fix typo: intrl.compat.c -> intl-compat.c.
* po2tbl.sed.in: Patch for buggy SEDs by Christian von Roques.
* localealias.c:
Fix typo and superflous test. Reported by Christian von Roques.
Fri Oct 6 11:52:05 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain):
Correct some remainder from the pre-CEN syntax. Now
we don't have a constant number of successors anymore.
Wed Sep 27 21:41:13 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Add libintl.h.glibc.
* Makefile.in (dist-libc): Add goal for packing sources for glibc.
(COMSRCS, COMHDRS): Splitted to separate sources shared with glibc.
* loadmsgcat.c: Forget to continue #if line.
* localealias.c:
[_LIBC]: Rename strcasecmp to __strcasecmp to keep ANSI C name
space clean.
* dcgettext.c, finddomain.c: Better comment to last change.
* loadmsgcat.c:
[_LIBC]: Rename fstat, open, close, read, mmap, and munmap to
__fstat, __open, __close, __read, __mmap, and __munmap resp
to keep ANSI C name space clean.
* finddomain.c:
[_LIBC]: Rename stpcpy to __stpcpy to keep ANSI C name space clean.
* dcgettext.c:
[_LIBC]: Rename getced and stpcpy to __getcwd and __stpcpy resp to
keep ANSI C name space clean.
* libgettext.h:
Include sys/types.h for those old SysV systems out there.
Reported by Francesco Potorti`.
* loadmsgcat.c (use_mmap): Define if compiled for glibc.
* bindtextdom.c: Include all those standard headers
unconditionally if _LIBC is defined.
* finddomain.c: Fix 2 times defiend -> defined.
* textdomain.c: Include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h when
compiling for glibc. Include all those standard headers
unconditionally if _LIBC is defined.
* localealias.c, loadmsgcat.c: Prepare to be compiled in glibc.
* gettext.c:
Include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h when compiling for glibc.
Get NULL from stddef.h if we compile for glibc.
* finddomain.c: Include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h when
compiling for glibc. Include all those standard headers
unconditionally if _LIBC is defined.
* dcgettext.c: Include all those standard headers unconditionally
if _LIBC is defined.
* dgettext.c: If compiled in glibc include libintl.h instead of
libgettext.h.
(locale.h): Don't rely on HAVE_LOCALE_H when compiling for glibc.
* dcgettext.c: If compiled in glibc include libintl.h instead of
libgettext.h.
(getcwd): Don't rely on HAVE_GETCWD when compiling for glibc.
* bindtextdom.c:
If compiled in glibc include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h.
Mon Sep 25 22:23:06 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* localealias.c (_nl_expand_alias): Don't call bsearch if NMAP <= 0.
Reported by Marcus Daniels.
* cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain):
String used in putenv must not be recycled.
Reported by Marcus Daniels.
* libgettext.h (__USE_GNU_GETTEXT):
Additional symbol to signal that we use GNU gettext
library.
* cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain):
Fix bug with the strange stpcpy replacement.
Reported by Nelson Beebe.
Sat Sep 23 08:23:51 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* cat-compat.c: Include <string.h> for stpcpy prototype.
* localealias.c (read_alias_file):
While expand strdup code temporary variable `cp' hided
higher level variable with same name. Rename to `tp'.
* textdomain.c (textdomain):
Avoid warning by using temporary variable in strdup code.
* finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain): Remove unused variable `application'.
Thu Sep 21 15:51:44 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* localealias.c (alias_compare):
Use strcasecmp() only if available. Else use
implementation in place.
* intl-compat.c:
Wrapper functions now call *__ functions instead of __*.
* libgettext.h: Declare prototypes for *__ functions instead for __*.
* cat-compat.c, loadmsgcat.c:
Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy. These functions are not part
of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used
standalone.
* bindtextdom.c:
Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy. These functions are not part
of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used
standalone.
Rename to bindtextdomain__ if not used in GNU C Library.
* dgettext.c:
Rename function to dgettext__ if not used in GNU C Library.
* gettext.c:
Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy. These functions are not part
of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used
standalone.
Functions now called gettext__ if not used in GNU C Library.
* dcgettext.c, localealias.c, textdomain.c, finddomain.c:
Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy. These functions are not part
of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used
standalone.
Sun Sep 17 23:14:49 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* finddomain.c: Correct some bugs in handling of CEN standard
locale definitions.
Thu Sep 7 01:49:28 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* finddomain.c: Implement CEN syntax.
* gettextP.h (loaded_domain): Extend number of successors to 31.
Sat Aug 19 19:25:29 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* Makefile.in (aliaspath): Remove path to X11 locale dir.
* Makefile.in: Make install-src depend on install. This helps
gettext to install the sources and other packages can use the
install goal.
Sat Aug 19 15:19:33 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* Makefile.in (uninstall): Remove stuff installed by install-src.
Tue Aug 15 13:13:53 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* VERSION.in: Initial revision.
* Makefile.in (DISTFILES):
Add VERSION file. This is not necessary for gettext, but
for other packages using this library.
Tue Aug 15 06:16:44 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* gettextP.h (_nl_find_domain):
New prototype after changing search strategy.
* finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain):
We now try only to find a specified catalog. Fall back to other
catalogs listed in the locale list is now done in __dcgettext.
* dcgettext.c (__dcgettext):
Now we provide message fall back even to different languages.
I.e. if a message is not available in one language all the other
in the locale list a tried. Formerly fall back was only possible
within one language. Implemented by moving one loop from
_nl_find_domain to here.
Mon Aug 14 23:45:50 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* Makefile.in (gettextsrcdir):
Directory where source of GNU gettext library are made
available.
(INSTALL, INSTALL_DATA): Programs used for installing sources.
(gettext-src): New. Rule to install GNU gettext sources for use in
gettextize shell script.
Sun Aug 13 14:40:48 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* loadmsgcat.c (_nl_load_domain):
Use mmap for loading only when munmap function is
also available.
* Makefile.in (install): Depend on `all' goal.
Wed Aug 9 11:04:33 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* localealias.c (read_alias_file):
Do not overwrite '\n' when terminating alias value string.
* localealias.c (read_alias_file):
Handle long lines. Ignore the rest not fitting in
the buffer after the initial `fgets' call.
Wed Aug 9 00:54:29 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* gettextP.h (_nl_load_domain):
Add prototype, replacing prototype for _nl_load_msg_cat.
* finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain):
Remove unneeded variable filename and filename_len.
(expand_alias): Remove prototype because functions does not
exist anymore.
* localealias.c (read_alias_file):
Change type of fname_len parameter to int.
(xmalloc): Add prototype.
* loadmsgcat.c: Better prototypes for xmalloc.
Tue Aug 8 22:30:39 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain):
Allow alias name to be constructed from the four components.
* Makefile.in (aliaspath): New variable. Set to preliminary value.
(SOURCES): Add localealias.c.
(OBJECTS): Add localealias.o.
* gettextP.h: Add prototype for _nl_expand_alias.
* finddomain.c: Aliasing handled in intl/localealias.c.
* localealias.c: Aliasing for locale names.
* bindtextdom.c: Better prototypes for xmalloc and xstrdup.
Mon Aug 7 23:47:42 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* Makefile.in (DISTFILES): gettext.perl is now found in misc/.
* cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain):
Correct implementation. dirname parameter was not used.
Reported by Marcus Daniels.
* gettextP.h (loaded_domain):
New fields `successor' and `decided' for oo, lazy
message handling implementation.
* dcgettext.c:
Adopt for oo, lazy message handliing.
Now we can inherit translations from less specific locales.
(find_msg): New function.
* loadmsgcat.c, finddomain.c:
Complete rewrite. Implement oo, lazy message handling :-).
We now have an additional environment variable `LANGUAGE' with
a higher priority than LC_ALL for the LC_MESSAGE locale.
Here we can set a colon separated list of specifications each
of the form `language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]'.
Sat Aug 5 09:55:42 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* finddomain.c (unistd.h):
Include to get _PC_PATH_MAX defined on system having it.
Fri Aug 4 22:42:00 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* finddomain.c (stpcpy): Include prototype.
* Makefile.in (dist): Remove `copying instead' message.
Wed Aug 2 18:52:03 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* Makefile.in (ID, TAGS): Do not use $^.
Tue Aug 1 20:07:11 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* Makefile.in (TAGS, ID): Use $^ as command argument.
(TAGS): Give etags -o option t write to current directory,
not $(srcdir).
(ID): Use $(srcdir) instead os $(top_srcdir)/src.
(distclean): Remove ID.
Sun Jul 30 11:51:46 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* Makefile.in (gnulocaledir):
New variable, always using share/ for data directory.
(DEFS): Add GNULOCALEDIR, used in finddomain.c.
* finddomain.c (_nl_default_dirname):
Set to GNULOCALEDIR, because it always has to point
to the directory where GNU gettext Library writes it to.
* intl-compat.c (textdomain, bindtextdomain):
Undefine macros before function definition.
Sat Jul 22 01:10:02 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* libgettext.h (_LIBINTL_H):
Protect definition in case where this file is included as
libgettext.h on Solaris machines. Add comment about this.
Wed Jul 19 02:36:42 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* intl-compat.c (textdomain): Correct typo.
Wed Jul 19 01:51:35 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* dcgettext.c (dcgettext): Function now called __dcgettext.
* dgettext.c (dgettext): Now called __dgettext and calls
__dcgettext.
* gettext.c (gettext):
Function now called __gettext and calls __dgettext.
* textdomain.c (textdomain): Function now called __textdomain.
* bindtextdom.c (bindtextdomain): Function now called
__bindtextdomain.
* intl-compat.c: Initial revision.
* Makefile.in (SOURCES): Add intl-compat.c.
(OBJECTS): We always compile the GNU gettext library functions.
OBJECTS contains all objects but cat-compat.o, ../po/cat-if-tbl.o,
and intl-compat.o.
(GETTOBJS): Contains now only intl-compat.o.
* libgettext.h:
Re-include protection matches dualistic character of libgettext.h.
For all functions in GNU gettext library define __ counter part.
* finddomain.c (strchr): Define as index if not found in C library.
(_nl_find_domain): For relative paths paste / in between.
Tue Jul 18 16:37:45 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* loadmsgcat.c, finddomain.c: Add inclusion of sys/types.h.
* xopen-msg.sed: Fix bug with `msgstr ""' lines.
A little bit better comments.
Tue Jul 18 01:18:27 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* Makefile.in:
po-mode.el, makelinks, combine-sh are now found in ../misc.
* po-mode.el, makelinks, combine-sh, elisp-comp:
Moved to ../misc/.
* libgettext.h, gettextP.h, gettext.h: Uniform test for __STDC__.
Sun Jul 16 22:33:02 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* Makefile.in (INSTALL, INSTALL_DATA): New variables.
(install-data, uninstall): Install/uninstall .elc file.
* po-mode.el (Installation comment):
Add .pox as possible extension of .po files.
Sun Jul 16 13:23:27 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* elisp-comp: Complete new version by Franc,ois: This does not
fail when not compiling in the source directory.
Sun Jul 16 00:12:17 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* Makefile.in (../po/cat-id-tbl.o):
Use $(MAKE) instead of make for recursive make.
* Makefile.in (.el.elc): Use $(SHELL) instead of /bin/sh.
(install-exec): Add missing dummy goal.
(install-data, uninstall): @ in multi-line shell command at
beginning, not in front of echo. Reported by Eric Backus.
Sat Jul 15 00:21:28 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* Makefile.in (DISTFILES):
Rename libgettext.perl to gettext.perl to fit in 14 chars
file systems.
* gettext.perl:
Rename to gettext.perl to fit in 14 chars file systems.
Thu Jul 13 23:17:20 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* cat-compat.c: If !STDC_HEADERS try to include malloc.h.
Thu Jul 13 20:55:02 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* po2tbl.sed.in: Pretty printing.
* linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed:
Correct bugs with handling substitute flags in branches.
* hash-string.h (hash_string):
Old K&R compilers don't under stand `unsigned char'.
* gettext.h (nls_uint32):
Some old K&R compilers (eg HP) don't understand `unsigned int'.
* cat-compat.c (msg_to_cat_id): De-ANSI-fy prototypes.
Thu Jul 13 01:34:33 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* Makefile.in (ELCFILES): New variable.
(DISTFILES): Add elisp-comp.
Add implicit rule for .el -> .elc compilation.
(install-data): install $ELCFILES
(clean): renamed po-to-tbl and po-to-msg to po2tbl and po2msg resp.
* elisp-comp: Initial revision
Wed Jul 12 16:14:52 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* Makefile.in:
cat-id-tbl.c is now found in po/. This enables us to use an identical
intl/ directory in all packages.
* dcgettext.c (dcgettext): hashing does not work for table size <= 2.
* textdomain.c: fix typo (#if def -> #if defined)
Tue Jul 11 18:44:43 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* Makefile.in (stamp-cat-id): use top_srcdir to address source files
(DISTFILES,distclean): move tupdate.perl to src/
* po-to-tbl.sed.in:
add additional jump to clear change flag to recognize multiline strings
Tue Jul 11 01:32:50 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* textdomain.c: Protect inclusion of stdlib.h and string.h.
* loadmsgcat.c: Protect inclusion of stdlib.h.
* libgettext.h: Protect inclusion of locale.h.
Allow use in C++ programs.
Define NULL is not happened already.
* Makefile.in (DISTFILES): ship po-to-tbl.sed.in instead of
po-to-tbl.sed.
(distclean): remove po-to-tbl.sed and tupdate.perl.
* tupdate.perl.in: Substitute Perl path even in exec line.
Don't include entries without translation from old .po file.
Tue Jul 4 00:41:51 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* tupdate.perl.in: use "Updated: " in msgid "".
* cat-compat.c: Fix typo (LOCALDIR -> LOCALEDIR).
Define getenv if !__STDC__.
* bindtextdom.c: Protect stdlib.h and string.h inclusion.
Define free if !__STDC__.
* finddomain.c: Change DEF_MSG_DOM_DIR to LOCALEDIR.
Define free if !__STDC__.
* cat-compat.c: Change DEF_MSG_DOM_DIR to LOCALEDIR.
Mon Jul 3 23:56:30 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* Makefile.in: Use LOCALEDIR instead of DEF_MSG_DOM_DIR.
Remove unneeded $(srcdir) from Makefile.in dependency.
* makelinks: Add copyright and short description.
* po-mode.el: Last version for 0.7.
* tupdate.perl.in: Fix die message.
* dcgettext.c: Protect include of string.h.
* gettext.c: Protect include of stdlib.h and further tries to get NULL.
* finddomain.c: Some corrections in includes.
* Makefile.in (INCLUDES): Prune list correct path to Makefile.in.
* po-to-tbl.sed: Adopt for new .po file format.
* linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed: Adopt for new .po file format.
Sun Jul 2 23:55:03 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* tupdate.perl.in: Complete rewrite for new .po file format.
Sun Jul 2 02:06:50 1995 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@myware>
* First official release. This directory contains all the code
needed to internationalize own packages. It provides functions
which allow to use the X/Open catgets function with an interface
like the Uniforum gettext function. For system which does not
have neither of those a complete implementation is provided.

214
texinfo/intl/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling in GNU NLS Utilities.
# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
VERSION = @VERSION@
SHELL = /bin/sh
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
top_builddir = ..
VPATH = @srcdir@
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
transform = @program_transform_name@
libdir = $(exec_prefix)/lib
includedir = $(prefix)/include
datadir = $(prefix)/@DATADIRNAME@
localedir = $(datadir)/locale
gnulocaledir = $(prefix)/share/locale
gettextsrcdir = @datadir@/gettext/intl
aliaspath = $(localedir):.
subdir = intl
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
l = @l@
AR = ar
CC = @CC@
LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DGNULOCALEDIR=\"$(gnulocaledir)\" \
-DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" @DEFS@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
HEADERS = $(COMHDRS) libgettext.h loadinfo.h
COMHDRS = gettext.h gettextP.h hash-string.h
SOURCES = $(COMSRCS) intl-compat.c cat-compat.c
COMSRCS = bindtextdom.c dcgettext.c dgettext.c gettext.c \
finddomain.c loadmsgcat.c localealias.c textdomain.c l10nflist.c \
explodename.c
OBJECTS = @INTLOBJS@ bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dgettext.$lo gettext.$lo \
finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo textdomain.$lo l10nflist.$lo \
explodename.$lo
CATOBJS = cat-compat.$lo ../po/cat-id-tbl.$lo
GETTOBJS = intl-compat.$lo
DISTFILES.common = ChangeLog Makefile.in linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in \
xopen-msg.sed $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
DISTFILES.normal = VERSION
DISTFILES.gettext = libintl.glibc intlh.inst.in
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES: .c .o .lo
.c.o:
$(COMPILE) $<
.c.lo:
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $<
INCLUDES = -I.. -I. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl -I$(top_srcdir)/lib
all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
all-yes: libintl.$la intlh.inst
all-no:
libintl.a: $(OBJECTS)
rm -f $@
$(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS)
$(RANLIB) $@
libintl.la: $(OBJECTS)
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=link $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(OBJECTS) \
-version-info 1:0 -rpath $(libdir)
../po/cat-id-tbl.$lo: ../po/cat-id-tbl.c $(top_srcdir)/po/$(PACKAGE).pot
cd ../po && $(MAKE) cat-id-tbl.$lo
check: all
# This installation goal is only used in GNU gettext. Packages which
# only use the library should use install instead.
# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a
# system which has the gettext() function in its C library or in a
# separate library or use the catgets interface. A special case is
# where configure found a previously installed GNU gettext library.
# If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the
# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'.
install: install-exec install-data
install-exec: all
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \
&& test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \
if test -r $(MKINSTALLDIRS); then \
$(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(libdir) $(includedir); \
else \
$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(libdir) $(includedir); \
fi; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) intlh.inst $(includedir)/libintl.h; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.a $(libdir)/libintl.a; \
else \
: ; \
fi
install-data: all
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
if test -r $(MKINSTALLDIRS); then \
$(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(gettextsrcdir); \
else \
$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(gettextsrcdir); \
fi; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \
cd $(srcdir) && \
dists="$(DISTFILES.common)"; \
for file in $$dists; do \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
done; \
else \
: ; \
fi
# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
installcheck:
uninstall:
dists="$(DISTFILES.common)"; \
for file in $$dists; do \
rm -f $(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
done
info dvi install-info:
$(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgettext.h
bindtextdom.$lo finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h loadinfo.h
dcgettext.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h hash-string.h loadinfo.h
tags: TAGS
TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
id: ID
ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
mostlyclean:
rm -f *.a *.o *.lo core core.*
clean: mostlyclean
distclean: clean
rm -f Makefile ID TAGS po2msg.sed po2tbl.sed libintl.h
maintainer-clean: distclean
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
# GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some
# other files which should not be distributed in other packages.
distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
dist distdir: Makefile $(DISTFILES)
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \
additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \
else \
additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \
fi; \
for file in $(DISTFILES.common) $$additional; do \
ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
|| cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
done
dist-libc:
tar zcvf intl-glibc.tar.gz $(COMSRCS) $(COMHDRS) libintl.h.glibc
Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status
cd .. \
&& CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
# The dependency for intlh.inst is different in gettext and all other
# packages. Because we cannot you GNU make features we have to solve
# the problem while rewriting Makefile.in.
@GT_YES@intlh.inst: intlh.inst.in ../config.status
@GT_YES@ cd .. \
@GT_YES@ && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= \
@GT_YES@ $(SHELL) ./config.status
@GT_NO@.PHONY: intlh.inst
@GT_NO@intlh.inst:
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

1
texinfo/intl/VERSION Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1 @@
GNU gettext library from gettext-0.10.27

175
texinfo/intl/bindtextdom.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
/* bindtextdom.c -- implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
# include <stdlib.h>
#else
# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
# include <malloc.h>
# else
void free ();
# endif
#endif
#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
# include <string.h>
#else
# include <strings.h>
# ifndef memcpy
# define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy ((Src), (Dst), (Num))
# endif
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgettext.h"
#endif
#include "gettext.h"
#include "gettextP.h"
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
/* List with bindings of specific domains. */
extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain
#else
# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN bindtextdomain__
#endif
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
char *
BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname)
const char *domainname;
const char *dirname;
{
struct binding *binding;
/* Some sanity checks. */
if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0')
return NULL;
for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
{
int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
if (compare == 0)
/* We found it! */
break;
if (compare < 0)
{
/* It is not in the list. */
binding = NULL;
break;
}
}
if (dirname == NULL)
/* The current binding has be to returned. */
return binding == NULL ? (char *) _nl_default_dirname : binding->dirname;
if (binding != NULL)
{
/* The domain is already bound. Replace the old binding. */
char *new_dirname;
if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
new_dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
else
{
size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
new_dirname = (char *) malloc (len);
if (new_dirname == NULL)
return NULL;
memcpy (new_dirname, dirname, len);
}
if (strcmp (binding->dirname, _nl_default_dirname) != 0)
free (binding->dirname);
binding->dirname = new_dirname;
}
else
{
/* We have to create a new binding. */
size_t len;
struct binding *new_binding =
(struct binding *) malloc (sizeof (*new_binding));
if (new_binding == NULL)
return NULL;
len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
new_binding->domainname = (char *) malloc (len);
if (new_binding->domainname == NULL)
return NULL;
memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len);
if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
else
{
len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
new_binding->dirname = (char *) malloc (len);
if (new_binding->dirname == NULL)
return NULL;
memcpy (new_binding->dirname, dirname, len);
}
/* Now enqueue it. */
if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL
|| strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0)
{
new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings;
_nl_domain_bindings = new_binding;
}
else
{
binding = _nl_domain_bindings;
while (binding->next != NULL
&& strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0)
binding = binding->next;
new_binding->next = binding->next;
binding->next = new_binding;
}
binding = new_binding;
}
return binding->dirname;
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain);
#endif

252
texinfo/intl/cat-compat.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
/* Compatibility code for gettext-using-catgets interface.
Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If
not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
# include <stdlib.h>
# include <string.h>
#else
char *getenv ();
# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
# include <malloc.h>
# endif
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H
# include <nl_types.h>
#endif
#include "libgettext.h"
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* The catalog descriptor. */
static nl_catd catalog = (nl_catd) -1;
/* Name of the default catalog. */
static const char default_catalog_name[] = "messages";
/* Name of currently used catalog. */
static const char *catalog_name = default_catalog_name;
/* Get ID for given string. If not found return -1. */
static int msg_to_cat_id PARAMS ((const char *msg));
/* Substitution for systems lacking this function in their C library. */
#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
#endif
/* Set currently used domain/catalog. */
char *
textdomain (domainname)
const char *domainname;
{
nl_catd new_catalog;
char *new_name;
size_t new_name_len;
char *lang;
#if HAVE_SETLOCALE && HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && HAVE_SETLOCALE_NULL
lang = setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, NULL);
#else
lang = getenv ("LC_ALL");
if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
{
lang = getenv ("LC_MESSAGES");
if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
lang = getenv ("LANG");
}
#endif
if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
lang = "C";
/* See whether name of currently used domain is asked. */
if (domainname == NULL)
return (char *) catalog_name;
if (domainname[0] == '\0')
domainname = default_catalog_name;
/* Compute length of added path element. */
new_name_len = sizeof (LOCALEDIR) - 1 + 1 + strlen (lang)
+ sizeof ("/LC_MESSAGES/") - 1 + sizeof (PACKAGE) - 1
+ sizeof (".cat");
new_name = (char *) malloc (new_name_len);
if (new_name == NULL)
return NULL;
strcpy (new_name, PACKAGE);
new_catalog = catopen (new_name, 0);
if (new_catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
{
/* NLSPATH search didn't work, try absolute path */
sprintf (new_name, "%s/%s/LC_MESSAGES/%s.cat", LOCALEDIR, lang,
PACKAGE);
new_catalog = catopen (new_name, 0);
if (new_catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
{
free (new_name);
return (char *) catalog_name;
}
}
/* Close old catalog. */
if (catalog != (nl_catd) -1)
catclose (catalog);
if (catalog_name != default_catalog_name)
free ((char *) catalog_name);
catalog = new_catalog;
catalog_name = new_name;
return (char *) catalog_name;
}
char *
bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
const char *domainname;
const char *dirname;
{
#if HAVE_SETENV || HAVE_PUTENV
char *old_val, *new_val, *cp;
size_t new_val_len;
/* This does not make much sense here but to be compatible do it. */
if (domainname == NULL)
return NULL;
/* Compute length of added path element. If we use setenv we don't need
the first byts for NLSPATH=, but why complicate the code for this
peanuts. */
new_val_len = sizeof ("NLSPATH=") - 1 + strlen (dirname)
+ sizeof ("/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
old_val = getenv ("NLSPATH");
if (old_val == NULL || old_val[0] == '\0')
{
old_val = NULL;
new_val_len += 1 + sizeof (LOCALEDIR) - 1
+ sizeof ("/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
}
else
new_val_len += strlen (old_val);
new_val = (char *) malloc (new_val_len);
if (new_val == NULL)
return NULL;
# if HAVE_SETENV
cp = new_val;
# else
cp = stpcpy (new_val, "NLSPATH=");
# endif
cp = stpcpy (cp, dirname);
cp = stpcpy (cp, "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat:");
if (old_val == NULL)
{
# if __STDC__
stpcpy (cp, LOCALEDIR "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
# else
cp = stpcpy (cp, LOCALEDIR);
stpcpy (cp, "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
# endif
}
else
stpcpy (cp, old_val);
# if HAVE_SETENV
setenv ("NLSPATH", new_val, 1);
free (new_val);
# else
putenv (new_val);
/* Do *not* free the environment entry we just entered. It is used
from now on. */
# endif
#endif
return (char *) domainname;
}
#undef gettext
char *
gettext (msg)
const char *msg;
{
int msgid;
if (msg == NULL || catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
return (char *) msg;
/* Get the message from the catalog. We always use set number 1.
The message ID is computed by the function `msg_to_cat_id'
which works on the table generated by `po-to-tbl'. */
msgid = msg_to_cat_id (msg);
if (msgid == -1)
return (char *) msg;
return catgets (catalog, 1, msgid, (char *) msg);
}
/* Look through the table `_msg_tbl' which has `_msg_tbl_length' entries
for the one equal to msg. If it is found return the ID. In case when
the string is not found return -1. */
static int
msg_to_cat_id (msg)
const char *msg;
{
int cnt;
for (cnt = 0; cnt < _msg_tbl_length; ++cnt)
if (strcmp (msg, _msg_tbl[cnt]._msg) == 0)
return _msg_tbl[cnt]._msg_number;
return -1;
}
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
to be defined. */
#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
static char *
stpcpy (dest, src)
char *dest;
const char *src;
{
while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
/* Do nothing. */ ;
return dest - 1;
}
#endif

596
texinfo/intl/dcgettext.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,596 @@
/* dcgettext.c -- implementation of the dcgettext(3) function
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <sys/types.h>
#ifdef __GNUC__
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
#else
# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
# include <alloca.h>
# else
# ifdef _AIX
#pragma alloca
# else
# ifndef alloca
char *alloca ();
# endif
# endif
# endif
#endif
#include <errno.h>
#ifndef errno
extern int errno;
#endif
#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
# include <stdlib.h>
#else
char *getenv ();
# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
# include <malloc.h>
# else
void free ();
# endif
#endif
#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
# ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
# endif
# include <string.h>
#else
# include <strings.h>
#endif
#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
# ifndef strchr
# define strchr index
# endif
#endif
#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
# include <unistd.h>
#endif
#include "gettext.h"
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgettext.h"
#endif
#include "hash-string.h"
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
file and the name space must not be polluted. */
# define getcwd __getcwd
# define stpcpy __stpcpy
#else
# if !defined HAVE_GETCWD
char *getwd ();
# define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf)
# else
char *getcwd ();
# endif
# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
# endif
#endif
/* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try. */
#define PATH_INCR 32
/* The following is from pathmax.h. */
/* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define
PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is
later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3). */
#if defined(_POSIX_VERSION) || (defined(HAVE_LIMITS_H) && !defined(__GNUC__))
# include <limits.h>
#endif
#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX
# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255
#endif
#if !defined(PATH_MAX) && defined(_PC_PATH_MAX)
# define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX))
#endif
/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been. */
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H) && !defined(PATH_MAX) && !defined(MAXPATHLEN)
# include <sys/param.h>
#endif
#if !defined(PATH_MAX) && defined(MAXPATHLEN)
# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
#endif
#ifndef PATH_MAX
# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX
#endif
/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current
setting of `local'.''
However it does not specify the exact format. And even worse: POSIX
defines this not at all. So we can use this feature only on selected
system (e.g. those using GNU C Library). */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
#endif
/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to
textdomain(3). The default value for this is "messages". */
const char _nl_default_default_domain[] = "messages";
/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3). */
const char *_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
const char _nl_default_dirname[] = GNULOCALEDIR;
/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain()
calls. */
struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
static char *find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
const char *msgid));
static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category));
static const char *guess_category_value PARAMS ((int category,
const char *categoryname));
/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
some additional code emulating it. */
#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
/* Nothing has to be done. */
# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */
# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */
#else
struct block_list
{
void *address;
struct block_list *next;
};
# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \
do { \
struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \
/* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \
the list. */ \
if (newp != NULL) { \
newp->address = (addr); \
newp->next = (list); \
(list) = newp; \
} \
} while (0)
# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \
do { \
while (list != NULL) { \
struct block_list *old = list; \
list = list->next; \
free (old); \
} \
} while (0)
# undef alloca
# define alloca(size) (malloc (size))
#endif /* have alloca */
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
#else
# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
locale. */
char *
DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid;
int category;
{
#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA
struct block_list *block_list = NULL;
#endif
struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
struct binding *binding;
const char *categoryname;
const char *categoryvalue;
char *dirname, *xdomainname;
char *single_locale;
char *retval;
int saved_errno = errno;
/* If no real MSGID is given return NULL. */
if (msgid == NULL)
return NULL;
/* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain. If
CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the
defintion left this undefined. */
if (domainname == NULL)
domainname = _nl_current_default_domain;
/* First find matching binding. */
for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
{
int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
if (compare == 0)
/* We found it! */
break;
if (compare < 0)
{
/* It is not in the list. */
binding = NULL;
break;
}
}
if (binding == NULL)
dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
else if (binding->dirname[0] == '/')
dirname = binding->dirname;
else
{
/* We have a relative path. Make it absolute now. */
size_t dirname_len = strlen (binding->dirname) + 1;
size_t path_max;
char *ret;
path_max = (unsigned) PATH_MAX;
path_max += 2; /* The getcwd docs say to do this. */
dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len);
ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname);
errno = 0;
while ((ret = getcwd (dirname, path_max)) == NULL && errno == ERANGE)
{
path_max += PATH_INCR;
dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len);
ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname);
errno = 0;
}
if (ret == NULL)
{
/* We cannot get the current working directory. Don't signal an
error but simply return the default string. */
FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
errno = saved_errno;
return (char *) msgid;
}
/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So
we avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library
this function is available, though. Also allow the symbol
HAVE_STPCPY to be defined. */
stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname);
}
/* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value. */
categoryname = category_to_name (category);
categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname);
xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname)
+ strlen (domainname) + 5);
ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname);
/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
to be defined. */
stpcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"),
domainname),
".mo");
/* Creating working area. */
single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1);
ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale);
/* Search for the given string. This is a loop because we perhaps
got an ordered list of languages to consider for th translation. */
while (1)
{
/* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list. */
while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':')
++categoryvalue;
if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0')
{
/* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but
no valid entry has been found. We solve this situation
by implicitely appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation
will take place. */
single_locale[0] = 'C';
single_locale[1] = '\0';
}
else
{
char *cp = single_locale;
while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':')
*cp++ = *categoryvalue++;
*cp = '\0';
}
/* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a
domain. Return the MSGID. */
if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0
|| strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0)
{
FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
errno = saved_errno;
return (char *) msgid;
}
/* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the
DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY. */
domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname);
if (domain != NULL)
{
retval = find_msg (domain, msgid);
if (retval == NULL)
{
int cnt;
for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
{
retval = find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], msgid);
if (retval != NULL)
break;
}
}
if (retval != NULL)
{
FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
errno = saved_errno;
return retval;
}
}
}
/* NOTREACHED */
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext);
#endif
static char *
find_msg (domain_file, msgid)
struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
const char *msgid;
{
size_t top, act, bottom;
struct loaded_domain *domain;
if (domain_file->decided == 0)
_nl_load_domain (domain_file);
if (domain_file->data == NULL)
return NULL;
domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data;
/* Locate the MSGID and its translation. */
if (domain->hash_size > 2 && domain->hash_tab != NULL)
{
/* Use the hashing table. */
nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid);
nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid);
nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size;
nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2));
nls_uint32 nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]);
if (nstr == 0)
/* Hash table entry is empty. */
return NULL;
if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) == len
&& strcmp (msgid,
domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset)) == 0)
return (char *) domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
domain->trans_tab[nstr - 1].offset);
while (1)
{
if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr)
idx -= domain->hash_size - incr;
else
idx += incr;
nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]);
if (nstr == 0)
/* Hash table entry is empty. */
return NULL;
if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) == len
&& strcmp (msgid,
domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset))
== 0)
return (char *) domain->data
+ W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[nstr - 1].offset);
}
/* NOTREACHED */
}
/* Now we try the default method: binary search in the sorted
array of messages. */
bottom = 0;
top = domain->nstrings;
while (bottom < top)
{
int cmp_val;
act = (bottom + top) / 2;
cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, domain->data
+ W (domain->must_swap,
domain->orig_tab[act].offset));
if (cmp_val < 0)
top = act;
else if (cmp_val > 0)
bottom = act + 1;
else
break;
}
/* If an translation is found return this. */
return bottom >= top ? NULL : (char *) domain->data
+ W (domain->must_swap,
domain->trans_tab[act].offset);
}
/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY. */
static const char *
category_to_name (category)
int category;
{
const char *retval;
switch (category)
{
#ifdef LC_COLLATE
case LC_COLLATE:
retval = "LC_COLLATE";
break;
#endif
#ifdef LC_CTYPE
case LC_CTYPE:
retval = "LC_CTYPE";
break;
#endif
#ifdef LC_MONETARY
case LC_MONETARY:
retval = "LC_MONETARY";
break;
#endif
#ifdef LC_NUMERIC
case LC_NUMERIC:
retval = "LC_NUMERIC";
break;
#endif
#ifdef LC_TIME
case LC_TIME:
retval = "LC_TIME";
break;
#endif
#ifdef LC_MESSAGES
case LC_MESSAGES:
retval = "LC_MESSAGES";
break;
#endif
#ifdef LC_RESPONSE
case LC_RESPONSE:
retval = "LC_RESPONSE";
break;
#endif
#ifdef LC_ALL
case LC_ALL:
/* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other
value. */
retval = "LC_ALL";
break;
#endif
default:
/* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know. */
retval = "LC_XXX";
}
return retval;
}
/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables. */
static const char *guess_category_value (category, categoryname)
int category;
const char *categoryname;
{
const char *retval;
/* The highest priority value is the `LANGUAGE' environment
variable. This is a GNU extension. */
retval = getenv ("LANGUAGE");
if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
return retval;
/* `LANGUAGE' is not set. So we have to proceed with the POSIX
methods of looking to `LC_ALL', `LC_xxx', and `LANG'. On some
systems this can be done by the `setlocale' function itself. */
#if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
return setlocale (category, NULL);
#else
/* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other. */
retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
return retval;
/* Next comes the name of the desired category. */
retval = getenv (categoryname);
if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
return retval;
/* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable. */
retval = getenv ("LANG");
if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
return retval;
/* We use C as the default domain. POSIX says this is implementation
defined. */
return "C";
#endif
}
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
to be defined. */
#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
static char *
stpcpy (dest, src)
char *dest;
const char *src;
{
while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
/* Do nothing. */ ;
return dest - 1;
}
#endif

59
texinfo/intl/dgettext.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
/* dgettext.c -- implementation of the dgettext(3) function
Copyright (C) 1995 Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#if defined HAVE_LOCALE_H || defined _LIBC
# include <locale.h>
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgettext.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
#else
# define DGETTEXT dgettext__
# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. */
char *
DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid;
{
return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext);
#endif

182
texinfo/intl/explodename.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If
not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "loadinfo.h"
/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */
#ifndef NULL
# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
# define NULL ((void *) 0)
# else
# define NULL 0
# endif
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
int
_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset,
normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision)
char *name;
const char **language;
const char **modifier;
const char **territory;
const char **codeset;
const char **normalized_codeset;
const char **special;
const char **sponsor;
const char **revision;
{
enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax;
char *cp;
int mask;
*modifier = NULL;
*territory = NULL;
*codeset = NULL;
*normalized_codeset = NULL;
*special = NULL;
*sponsor = NULL;
*revision = NULL;
/* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */
mask = 0;
syntax = undecided;
*language = cp = name;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_' && cp[0] != '@'
&& cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',')
++cp;
if (*language == cp)
/* This does not make sense: language has to be specified. Use
this entry as it is without exploding. Perhaps it is an alias. */
cp = strchr (*language, '\0');
else if (cp[0] == '_')
{
/* Next is the territory. */
cp[0] = '\0';
*territory = ++cp;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@'
&& cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
++cp;
mask |= TERRITORY;
if (cp[0] == '.')
{
/* Next is the codeset. */
syntax = xpg;
cp[0] = '\0';
*codeset = ++cp;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@')
++cp;
mask |= XPG_CODESET;
if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0')
{
*normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset,
cp - *codeset);
if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0)
free ((char *) *normalized_codeset);
else
mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET;
}
}
}
if (cp[0] == '@' || (syntax != xpg && cp[0] == '+'))
{
/* Next is the modifier. */
syntax = cp[0] == '@' ? xpg : cen;
cp[0] = '\0';
*modifier = ++cp;
while (syntax == cen && cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '+'
&& cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
++cp;
mask |= XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE;
}
if (syntax != xpg && (cp[0] == '+' || cp[0] == ',' || cp[0] == '_'))
{
syntax = cen;
if (cp[0] == '+')
{
/* Next is special application (CEN syntax). */
cp[0] = '\0';
*special = ++cp;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
++cp;
mask |= CEN_SPECIAL;
}
if (cp[0] == ',')
{
/* Next is sponsor (CEN syntax). */
cp[0] = '\0';
*sponsor = ++cp;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_')
++cp;
mask |= CEN_SPONSOR;
}
if (cp[0] == '_')
{
/* Next is revision (CEN syntax). */
cp[0] = '\0';
*revision = ++cp;
mask |= CEN_REVISION;
}
}
/* For CEN sytnax values it might be important to have the
separator character in the file name, not for XPG syntax. */
if (syntax == xpg)
{
if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0')
mask &= ~TERRITORY;
if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0')
mask &= ~XPG_CODESET;
if (*modifier != NULL && (*modifier)[0] == '\0')
mask &= ~XPG_MODIFIER;
}
return mask;
}

217
texinfo/intl/finddomain.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
/* finddomain.c -- handle list of needed message catalogs
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <ctype.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
# include <stdlib.h>
#else
# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
# include <malloc.h>
# else
void free ();
# endif
#endif
#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
# include <string.h>
#else
# include <strings.h>
# ifndef strchr
# define strchr index
# endif
# ifndef memcpy
# define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy ((Src), (Dst), (Num))
# endif
#endif
#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
# include <unistd.h>
#endif
#include "gettext.h"
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgettext.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
file and the name space must not be polluted. */
# define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src)
#else
# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
# endif
#endif
/* List of already loaded domains. */
static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains;
/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by
the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently
established bindings. */
struct loaded_l10nfile *
_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname)
const char *dirname;
char *locale;
const char *domainname;
{
struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
const char *language;
const char *modifier;
const char *territory;
const char *codeset;
const char *normalized_codeset;
const char *special;
const char *sponsor;
const char *revision;
const char *alias_value;
int mask;
/* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax:
language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]
and six parts for the CEN syntax:
language[_territory][+audience][+special][,sponsor][_revision]
Beside the first all of them are allowed to be missing. If the
full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are
looked for. The various part will be stripped of according to
the following order:
(1) revision
(2) sponsor
(3) special
(4) codeset
(5) normalized codeset
(6) territory
(7) audience/modifier
*/
/* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to
be one data set in the list of loaded domains. */
retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL,
NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname, 0);
if (retval != NULL)
{
/* We know something about this locale. */
int cnt;
if (retval->decided == 0)
_nl_load_domain (retval);
if (retval->data != NULL)
return retval;
for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
{
if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
_nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt]);
if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
break;
}
return cnt >= 0 ? retval : NULL;
/* NOTREACHED */
}
/* See whether the locale value is an alias. If yes its value
*overwrites* the alias name. No test for the original value is
done. */
alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale);
if (alias_value != NULL)
{
size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1;
locale = (char *) malloc (len);
if (locale == NULL)
return NULL;
memcpy (locale, alias_value, len);
}
/* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */
mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory,
&codeset, &normalized_codeset, &special,
&sponsor, &revision);
/* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in
generalzation. */
retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory,
codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
sponsor, revision, domainname, 1);
if (retval == NULL)
/* This means we are out of core. */
return NULL;
if (retval->decided == 0)
_nl_load_domain (retval);
if (retval->data == NULL)
{
int cnt;
for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
{
if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
_nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt]);
if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
break;
}
}
/* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated. Free it now. */
if (alias_value != NULL)
free (locale);
return retval;
}
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
to be defined. */
#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
static char *
stpcpy (dest, src)
char *dest;
const char *src;
{
while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
/* Do nothing. */ ;
return dest - 1;
}
#endif

70
texinfo/intl/gettext.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
/* gettext.c -- implementation of gettext(3) function
Copyright (C) 1995 Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# define __need_NULL
# include <stddef.h>
#else
# ifdef STDC_HEADERS
# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
# else
# ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
# include <string.h>
# else
# define NULL ((void *) 0)
# endif
# endif
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgettext.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define GETTEXT __gettext
# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
#else
# define GETTEXT gettext__
# define DGETTEXT dgettext__
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
text). */
char *
GETTEXT (msgid)
const char *msgid;
{
return DGETTEXT (NULL, msgid);
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__gettext, gettext);
#endif

105
texinfo/intl/gettext.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
/* gettext.h - internal header for GNU gettext internationalization functions
Copyright (C) 1995 Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If
not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
#define _GETTEXT_H 1
#include <stdio.h>
#if HAVE_LIMITS_H || _LIBC
# include <limits.h>
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */
#define _MAGIC 0x950412de
#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495
/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */
#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0
/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An
alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but
doing that would require that the configure script compile and *run*
the resulting executable. Locally running cross-compiled executables
is usually not possible. */
#if __STDC__
# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
#else
# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
#endif
/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type.
This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because
that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems
(that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types. */
#ifndef UINT_MAX
# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
#endif
#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
typedef unsigned nls_uint32;
#else
# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
typedef unsigned short nls_uint32;
# else
# if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
typedef unsigned long nls_uint32;
# else
/* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is
not portable enough. */
"Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
# endif
# endif
#endif
/* Header for binary .mo file format. */
struct mo_file_header
{
/* The magic number. */
nls_uint32 magic;
/* The revision number of the file format. */
nls_uint32 revision;
/* The number of strings pairs. */
nls_uint32 nstrings;
/* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */
nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset;
/* Offset of table with start offsets of translation strings. */
nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset;
/* Size of hashing table. */
nls_uint32 hash_tab_size;
/* Offset of first hashing entry. */
nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset;
};
struct string_desc
{
/* Length of addressed string. */
nls_uint32 length;
/* Offset of string in file. */
nls_uint32 offset;
};
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
#endif /* gettext.h */

73
texinfo/intl/gettextP.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
/* Header describing internals of gettext library
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H
#define _GETTEXTP_H
#include "loadinfo.h"
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#ifndef PARAMS
# if __STDC__
# define PARAMS(args) args
# else
# define PARAMS(args) ()
# endif
#endif
#ifndef W
# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data))
#endif
static nls_uint32 SWAP PARAMS ((nls_uint32 i));
static inline nls_uint32
SWAP (i)
nls_uint32 i;
{
return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24);
}
struct loaded_domain
{
const char *data;
int must_swap;
nls_uint32 nstrings;
struct string_desc *orig_tab;
struct string_desc *trans_tab;
nls_uint32 hash_size;
nls_uint32 *hash_tab;
};
struct binding
{
struct binding *next;
char *domainname;
char *dirname;
};
struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname,
char *__locale,
const char *__domainname));
void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain));
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
#endif /* gettextP.h */

62
texinfo/intl/hash-string.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
/* hash-string - Implements a string hashing function.
Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_VALUES_H
# include <values.h>
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#ifndef PARAMS
# if __STDC__
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
# else
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
# endif
#endif
/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */
#define HASHWORDBITS 32
/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
[see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */
static unsigned long hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param));
static inline unsigned long
hash_string (str_param)
const char *str_param;
{
unsigned long int hval, g;
const char *str = str_param;
/* Compute the hash value for the given string. */
hval = 0;
while (*str != '\0')
{
hval <<= 4;
hval += (unsigned long) *str++;
g = hval & ((unsigned long) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
if (g != 0)
{
hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8);
hval ^= g;
}
}
return hval;
}

76
texinfo/intl/intl-compat.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext
Library.
Copyright (C) 1995 Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "libgettext.h"
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#undef gettext
#undef dgettext
#undef dcgettext
#undef textdomain
#undef bindtextdomain
char *
bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
const char *domainname;
const char *dirname;
{
return bindtextdomain__ (domainname, dirname);
}
char *
dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid;
int category;
{
return dcgettext__ (domainname, msgid, category);
}
char *
dgettext (domainname, msgid)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid;
{
return dgettext__ (domainname, msgid);
}
char *
gettext (msgid)
const char *msgid;
{
return gettext__ (msgid);
}
char *
textdomain (domainname)
const char *domainname;
{
return textdomain__ (domainname);
}

402
texinfo/intl/l10nflist.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,402 @@
/* finddomain.c -- handle list of needed message catalogs
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
# ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
# endif
# include <string.h>
#else
# include <strings.h>
# ifndef strchr
# define strchr index
# endif
# ifndef memcpy
# define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy ((Src), (Dst), (Num))
# endif
#endif
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H
# include <argz.h>
#endif
#include <ctype.h>
#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
# include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#include "loadinfo.h"
/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */
#ifndef NULL
# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
# define NULL ((void *) 0)
# else
# define NULL 0
# endif
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
file and the name space must not be polluted. */
# define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src)
#else
# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
# endif
#endif
/* Define function which are usually not available. */
#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ. */
static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len));
static size_t
argz_count__ (argz, len)
const char *argz;
size_t len;
{
size_t count = 0;
while (len > 0)
{
size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
argz += part_len + 1;
len -= part_len + 1;
count++;
}
return count;
}
# undef __argz_count
# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len)
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */
#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's
except the last into the character SEP. */
static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep));
static void
argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
char *argz;
size_t len;
int sep;
{
while (len > 0)
{
size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
argz += part_len;
len -= part_len + 1;
if (len > 0)
*argz++ = sep;
}
}
# undef __argz_stringify
# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len,
const char *entry));
static char *
argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry)
char *argz;
size_t argz_len;
const char *entry;
{
if (entry)
{
if (entry < argz + argz_len)
entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1;
return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry;
}
else
if (argz_len > 0)
return argz;
else
return 0;
}
# undef __argz_next
# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry)
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */
/* Return number of bits set in X. */
static int pop PARAMS ((int x));
static inline int
pop (x)
int x;
{
/* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used. */
x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555);
x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333);
x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f;
x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff;
return x;
}
struct loaded_l10nfile *
_nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
sponsor, revision, filename, do_allocate)
struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list;
const char *dirlist;
size_t dirlist_len;
int mask;
const char *language;
const char *territory;
const char *codeset;
const char *normalized_codeset;
const char *modifier;
const char *special;
const char *sponsor;
const char *revision;
const char *filename;
int do_allocate;
{
char *abs_filename;
struct loaded_l10nfile *last = NULL;
struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
char *cp;
size_t entries;
int cnt;
/* Allocate room for the full file name. */
abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len
+ strlen (language)
+ ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0
? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0)
+ ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0)
+ ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0
? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0)
+ (((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0
|| (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0) ?
strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0)
+ ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0
? strlen (special) + 1 : 0)
+ ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
? strlen (sponsor) + 1 : 0)
+ ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0
? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)
+ 1 + strlen (filename) + 1);
if (abs_filename == NULL)
return NULL;
retval = NULL;
last = NULL;
/* Construct file name. */
memcpy (abs_filename, dirlist, dirlist_len);
__argz_stringify (abs_filename, dirlist_len, ':');
cp = abs_filename + (dirlist_len - 1);
*cp++ = '/';
cp = stpcpy (cp, language);
if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0)
{
*cp++ = '_';
cp = stpcpy (cp, territory);
}
if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0)
{
*cp++ = '.';
cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset);
}
if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)
{
*cp++ = '.';
cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset);
}
if ((mask & (XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE)) != 0)
{
/* This component can be part of both syntaces but has different
leading characters. For CEN we use `+', else `@'. */
*cp++ = (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0 ? '+' : '@';
cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier);
}
if ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0)
{
*cp++ = '+';
cp = stpcpy (cp, special);
}
if ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0)
{
*cp++ = ',';
cp = stpcpy (cp, sponsor);
}
if ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
{
*cp++ = '_';
cp = stpcpy (cp, revision);
}
*cp++ = '/';
stpcpy (cp, filename);
/* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already
available. */
last = NULL;
for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next)
if (retval->filename != NULL)
{
int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename);
if (compare == 0)
/* We found it! */
break;
if (compare < 0)
{
/* It's not in the list. */
retval = NULL;
break;
}
last = retval;
}
if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0)
{
free (abs_filename);
return retval;
}
retval = (struct loaded_l10nfile *)
malloc (sizeof (*retval) + (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len)
* (1 << pop (mask))
* sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *)));
if (retval == NULL)
return NULL;
retval->filename = abs_filename;
retval->decided = (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) != 1
|| ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
&& (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0));
retval->data = NULL;
if (last == NULL)
{
retval->next = *l10nfile_list;
*l10nfile_list = retval;
}
else
{
retval->next = last->next;
last->next = retval;
}
entries = 0;
/* If the DIRLIST is a real list the RETVAL entry correcponds not to
a real file. So we have to use the DIRLIST separation machanism
of the inner loop. */
cnt = __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) == 1 ? mask - 1 : mask;
for (; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0
&& ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0)
&& ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0))
{
/* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */
char *dir = NULL;
while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir))
!= NULL)
retval->successor[entries++]
= _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1, cnt,
language, territory, codeset,
normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
}
retval->successor[entries] = NULL;
return retval;
}
/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset
names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
names. */
const char *
_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len)
const char *codeset;
size_t name_len;
{
int len = 0;
int only_digit = 1;
char *retval;
char *wp;
size_t cnt;
for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
if (isalnum (codeset[cnt]))
{
++len;
if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
only_digit = 0;
}
retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1);
if (retval != NULL)
{
if (only_digit)
wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso");
else
wp = retval;
for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
*wp++ = tolower (codeset[cnt]);
else if (isdigit (codeset[cnt]))
*wp++ = codeset[cnt];
*wp = '\0';
}
return (const char *) retval;
}
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
to be defined. */
#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
static char *
stpcpy (dest, src)
char *dest;
const char *src;
{
while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
/* Do nothing. */ ;
return dest - 1;
}
#endif

182
texinfo/intl/libgettext.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
/* libgettext.h -- Message catalogs for internationalization.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* Because on some systems (e.g. Solaris) we sometimes have to include
the systems libintl.h as well as this file we have more complex
include protection above. But the systems header might perhaps also
define _LIBINTL_H and therefore we have to protect the definition here. */
#if !defined (_LIBINTL_H) || !defined (_LIBGETTEXT_H)
#if !defined (_LIBINTL_H)
# define _LIBINTL_H 1
#endif
#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
implementation of gettext. */
#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
#include <sys/types.h>
#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
# include <locale.h>
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#ifndef PARAMS
# if __STDC__
# define PARAMS(args) args
# else
# define PARAMS(args) ()
# endif
#endif
#ifndef NULL
# if !defined __cplusplus || defined __GNUC__
# define NULL ((void *) 0)
# else
# define NULL (0)
# endif
#endif
#if !HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
/* This value determines the behaviour of the gettext() and dgettext()
function. But some system does not have this defined. Define it
to a default value. */
# define LC_MESSAGES (-1)
#endif
/* Declarations for gettext-using-catgets interface. Derived from
Jim Meyering's libintl.h. */
struct _msg_ent
{
const char *_msg;
int _msg_number;
};
#if HAVE_CATGETS
/* These two variables are defined in the automatically by po-to-tbl.sed
generated file `cat-id-tbl.c'. */
extern const struct _msg_ent _msg_tbl[];
extern int _msg_tbl_length;
#endif
/* For automatical extraction of messages sometimes no real
translation is needed. Instead the string itself is the result. */
#define gettext_noop(Str) (Str)
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
text). */
extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
extern char *gettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. */
extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
extern char *dgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid));
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
locale. */
extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
int __category));
extern char *dcgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid, int __category));
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
extern char *textdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__dirname));
extern char *bindtextdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__dirname));
#if ENABLE_NLS
/* Solaris 2.3 has the gettext function but dcgettext is missing.
So we omit this optimization for Solaris 2.3. BTW, Solaris 2.4
has dcgettext. */
# if !HAVE_CATGETS && (!HAVE_GETTEXT || HAVE_DCGETTEXT)
# define gettext(Msgid) \
dgettext (NULL, Msgid)
# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) \
dcgettext (Domainname, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
# if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7
/* This global variable is defined in loadmsgcat.c. We need a sign,
whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated with all
translations. */
extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) \
(__extension__ \
({ \
char *__result; \
if (__builtin_constant_p (Msgid)) \
{ \
static char *__translation__; \
static int __catalog_counter__; \
if (! __translation__ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr) \
{ \
__translation__ = \
dcgettext__ ((Domainname), (Msgid), (Category)); \
__catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; \
} \
__result = __translation__; \
} \
else \
__result = dcgettext__ ((Domainname), (Msgid), (Category)); \
__result; \
}))
# endif
# endif
#else
# define gettext(Msgid) (Msgid)
# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) (Msgid)
# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) (Msgid)
# define textdomain(Domainname) while (0) /* nothing */
# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) while (0) /* nothing */
#endif
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif

100
texinfo/intl/linux-msg.sed Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
# po2msg.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to Linux style .msg file
# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
#
#
# The first directive in the .msg should be the definition of the
# message set number. We use always set number 1.
#
1 {
i\
$set 1 # Automatically created by po2msg.sed
h
s/.*/0/
x
}
#
# Mitch's old catalog format does not allow comments.
#
# We copy the original message as a comment into the .msg file.
#
/^msgid/ {
s/msgid[ ]*"//
#
# This does not work now with the new format.
# /"$/! {
# s/\\$//
# s/$/ ... (more lines following)"/
# }
x
# The following nice solution is by
# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
td
# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
# First hide trailing `9' digits.
:d
s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
td
# Assure at least one digit is available.
s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
# Increment the last digit.
s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
s/_/0/g
x
G
s/\(.*\)"\n\([0-9]*\)/$ #\2 Original Message:(\1)/p
}
#
# The .msg file contains, other then the .po file, only the translations
# but each given a unique ID. Starting from 1 and incrementing by 1 for
# each message we assign them to the messages.
# It is important that the .po file used to generate the cat-id-tbl.c file
# (with po-to-tbl) is the same as the one used here. (At least the order
# of declarations must not be changed.)
#
/^msgstr/ {
s/msgstr[ ]*"\(.*\)"/# \1/
# Clear substitution flag.
tb
# Append the next line.
:b
N
# Look whether second part is continuation line.
s/\(.*\n\)"\(.*\)"/\1\2/
# Yes, then branch.
ta
P
D
# Note that D includes a jump to the start!!
# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'.
:a
s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
P
# We cannot use D here.
s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
tb
}
d

58
texinfo/intl/loadinfo.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
#ifndef PARAMS
# if __STDC__
# define PARAMS(args) args
# else
# define PARAMS(args) ()
# endif
#endif
/* Encoding of locale name parts. */
#define CEN_REVISION 1
#define CEN_SPONSOR 2
#define CEN_SPECIAL 4
#define XPG_NORM_CODESET 8
#define XPG_CODESET 16
#define TERRITORY 32
#define CEN_AUDIENCE 64
#define XPG_MODIFIER 128
#define CEN_SPECIFIC (CEN_REVISION|CEN_SPONSOR|CEN_SPECIAL|CEN_AUDIENCE)
#define XPG_SPECIFIC (XPG_CODESET|XPG_NORM_CODESET|XPG_MODIFIER)
struct loaded_l10nfile
{
const char *filename;
int decided;
const void *data;
struct loaded_l10nfile *next;
struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1];
};
extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const char *codeset,
size_t name_len));
extern struct loaded_l10nfile *
_nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask,
const char *language, const char *territory,
const char *codeset,
const char *normalized_codeset,
const char *modifier, const char *special,
const char *sponsor, const char *revision,
const char *filename, int do_allocate));
extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name));
extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language,
const char **modifier,
const char **territory,
const char **codeset,
const char **normalized_codeset,
const char **special,
const char **sponsor,
const char **revision));

199
texinfo/intl/loadmsgcat.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
/* loadmsgcat.c -- load needed message catalogs
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
# include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
# include <unistd.h>
#endif
#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP) || defined _LIBC
# include <sys/mman.h>
#endif
#include "gettext.h"
#include "gettextP.h"
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
file and the name space must not be polluted. */
# define fstat __fstat
# define open __open
# define close __close
# define read __read
# define mmap __mmap
# define munmap __munmap
#endif
/* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated
with all translations. This is important if the translations are
cached by one of GCC's features. */
int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
/* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME. If it is no valid
message catalog do nothing. */
void
_nl_load_domain (domain_file)
struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
{
int fd;
struct stat st;
struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1;
#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
|| defined _LIBC
int use_mmap = 0;
#endif
struct loaded_domain *domain;
domain_file->decided = 1;
domain_file->data = NULL;
/* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME
might be NULL. This can happen when according to the given
specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN
syntax. */
if (domain_file->filename == NULL)
return;
/* Try to open the addressed file. */
fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY);
if (fd == -1)
return;
/* We must know about the size of the file. */
if (fstat (fd, &st) != 0
&& st.st_size < (off_t) sizeof (struct mo_file_header))
{
/* Something went wrong. */
close (fd);
return;
}
#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
|| defined _LIBC
/* Now we are ready to load the file. If mmap() is available we try
this first. If not available or it failed we try to load it. */
data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, st.st_size, PROT_READ,
MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0);
if (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1)
{
/* mmap() call was successful. */
close (fd);
use_mmap = 1;
}
#endif
/* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load
it manually. */
if (data == (struct mo_file_header *) -1)
{
off_t to_read;
char *read_ptr;
data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (st.st_size);
if (data == NULL)
return;
to_read = st.st_size;
read_ptr = (char *) data;
do
{
long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read);
if (nb == -1)
{
close (fd);
return;
}
read_ptr += nb;
to_read -= nb;
}
while (to_read > 0);
close (fd);
}
/* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message
catalog file. */
if (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED)
{
/* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file. */
#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
|| defined _LIBC
if (use_mmap)
munmap ((caddr_t) data, st.st_size);
else
#endif
free (data);
return;
}
domain_file->data
= (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain));
if (domain_file->data == NULL)
return;
domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data;
domain->data = (char *) data;
domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC;
/* Fill in the information about the available tables. */
switch (W (domain->must_swap, data->revision))
{
case 0:
domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings);
domain->orig_tab = (struct string_desc *)
((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset));
domain->trans_tab = (struct string_desc *)
((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset));
domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size);
domain->hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *)
((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset));
break;
default:
/* This is an illegal revision. */
#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
|| defined _LIBC
if (use_mmap)
munmap ((caddr_t) data, st.st_size);
else
#endif
free (data);
free (domain);
domain_file->data = NULL;
return;
}
/* Show that one domain is changed. This might make some cached
translations invalid. */
++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
}

376
texinfo/intl/localealias.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,376 @@
/* localealias.c -- handle aliases for locale names
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <ctype.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#ifdef __GNUC__
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
#else
# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
# include <alloca.h>
# else
# ifdef _AIX
#pragma alloca
# else
# ifndef alloca
char *alloca ();
# endif
# endif
# endif
#endif
#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
# include <stdlib.h>
#else
char *getenv ();
# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
# include <malloc.h>
# else
void free ();
# endif
#endif
#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
# ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
# endif
# include <string.h>
#else
# include <strings.h>
# ifndef strchr
# define strchr index
# endif
# ifndef memcpy
# define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy ((Src), (Dst), (Num))
# endif
#endif
#include "gettext.h"
#include "gettextP.h"
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
file and the name space must not be polluted. */
# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp
#endif
/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
some additional code emulating it. */
#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
/* Nothing has to be done. */
# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */
# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */
#else
struct block_list
{
void *address;
struct block_list *next;
};
# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \
do { \
struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \
/* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \
the list. */ \
if (newp != NULL) { \
newp->address = (addr); \
newp->next = (list); \
(list) = newp; \
} \
} while (0)
# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \
do { \
while (list != NULL) { \
struct block_list *old = list; \
list = list->next; \
free (old); \
} \
} while (0)
# undef alloca
# define alloca(size) (malloc (size))
#endif /* have alloca */
struct alias_map
{
const char *alias;
const char *value;
};
static struct alias_map *map;
static size_t nmap = 0;
static size_t maxmap = 0;
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len));
static void extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void));
static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1,
const struct alias_map *map2));
const char *
_nl_expand_alias (name)
const char *name;
{
static const char *locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
struct alias_map *retval;
size_t added;
do
{
struct alias_map item;
item.alias = name;
if (nmap > 0)
retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap,
sizeof (struct alias_map),
(int (*) PARAMS ((const void *,
const void *))
) alias_compare);
else
retval = NULL;
/* We really found an alias. Return the value. */
if (retval != NULL)
return retval->value;
/* Perhaps we can find another alias file. */
added = 0;
while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0')
{
const char *start;
while (locale_alias_path[0] == ':')
++locale_alias_path;
start = locale_alias_path;
while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0' && locale_alias_path[0] != ':')
++locale_alias_path;
if (start < locale_alias_path)
added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start);
}
}
while (added != 0);
return NULL;
}
static size_t
read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
const char *fname;
int fname_len;
{
#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA
struct block_list *block_list = NULL;
#endif
FILE *fp;
char *full_fname;
size_t added;
static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias";
full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile);
ADD_BLOCK (block_list, full_fname);
memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len);
memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
fp = fopen (full_fname, "r");
if (fp == NULL)
{
FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
return 0;
}
added = 0;
while (!feof (fp))
{
/* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because
a) we are only interested in the first two fields
b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not
be that long
*/
char buf[BUFSIZ];
char *alias;
char *value;
char *cp;
if (fgets (buf, BUFSIZ, fp) == NULL)
/* EOF reached. */
break;
cp = buf;
/* Ignore leading white space. */
while (isspace (cp[0]))
++cp;
/* A leading '#' signals a comment line. */
if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#')
{
alias = cp++;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
++cp;
/* Terminate alias name. */
if (cp[0] != '\0')
*cp++ = '\0';
/* Now look for the beginning of the value. */
while (isspace (cp[0]))
++cp;
if (cp[0] != '\0')
{
char *tp;
size_t len;
value = cp++;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
++cp;
/* Terminate value. */
if (cp[0] == '\n')
{
/* This has to be done to make the following test
for the end of line possible. We are looking for
the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here. */
*cp++ = '\0';
*cp = '\n';
}
else if (cp[0] != '\0')
*cp++ = '\0';
if (nmap >= maxmap)
extend_alias_table ();
/* We cannot depend on strdup available in the libc. Sigh! */
len = strlen (alias) + 1;
tp = (char *) malloc (len);
if (tp == NULL)
{
FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
return added;
}
memcpy (tp, alias, len);
map[nmap].alias = tp;
len = strlen (value) + 1;
tp = (char *) malloc (len);
if (tp == NULL)
{
FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
return added;
}
memcpy (tp, value, len);
map[nmap].value = tp;
++nmap;
++added;
}
}
/* Possibily not the whole line fitted into the buffer. Ignore
the rest of the line. */
while (strchr (cp, '\n') == NULL)
{
cp = buf;
if (fgets (buf, BUFSIZ, fp) == NULL)
/* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop
will exit at the `feof' test. */
*cp = '\n';
}
}
/* Should we test for ferror()? I think we have to silently ignore
errors. --drepper */
fclose (fp);
if (added > 0)
qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map),
(int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare);
FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
return added;
}
static void
extend_alias_table ()
{
size_t new_size;
struct alias_map *new_map;
new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap;
new_map = (struct alias_map *) malloc (new_size
* sizeof (struct alias_map));
if (new_map == NULL)
/* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core. */
return;
memcpy (new_map, map, nmap * sizeof (struct alias_map));
if (maxmap != 0)
free (map);
map = new_map;
maxmap = new_size;
}
static int
alias_compare (map1, map2)
const struct alias_map *map1;
const struct alias_map *map2;
{
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP
return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias);
#else
const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias;
const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias;
unsigned char c1, c2;
if (p1 == p2)
return 0;
do
{
/* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in
some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters. */
c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1;
c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2;
if (c1 == '\0')
break;
++p1;
++p2;
}
while (c1 == c2);
return c1 - c2;
#endif
}

102
texinfo/intl/po2tbl.sed.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
# po2tbl.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to lookup table for catgets
# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
#
1 {
i\
/* Automatically generated by po2tbl.sed from @PACKAGE NAME@.pot. */\
\
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H\
# include <config.h>\
#endif\
\
#include "libgettext.h"\
\
const struct _msg_ent _msg_tbl[] = {
h
s/.*/0/
x
}
#
# Write msgid entries in C array form.
#
/^msgid/ {
s/msgid[ ]*\(".*"\)/ {\1/
tb
# Append the next line
:b
N
# Look whether second part is continuation line.
s/\(.*\)"\(\n\)"\(.*"\)/\1\2\3/
# Yes, then branch.
ta
# Because we assume that the input file correctly formed the line
# just read cannot be again be a msgid line. So it's safe to ignore
# it.
s/\(.*\)\n.*/\1/
bc
# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'.
:a
s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
P
# We cannot use D here.
s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
# Some buggy seds do not clear the `successful substitution since last ``t'''
# flag on `N', so we do a `t' here to clear it.
tb
# Not reached
:c
x
# The following nice solution is by
# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
td
# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
# First hide trailing `9' digits.
:d
s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
td
# Assure at least one digit is available.
s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
# Increment the last digit.
s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
s/_/0/g
x
G
s/\(.*\)\n\([0-9]*\)/\1, \2},/
s/\(.*\)"$/\1/
p
}
#
# Last line.
#
$ {
i\
};\
g
s/0*\(.*\)/int _msg_tbl_length = \1;/p
}
d

101
texinfo/intl/textdomain.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
/* textdomain.c -- implementation of the textdomain(3) function
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
# include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
# include <string.h>
#else
# include <strings.h>
# ifndef memcpy
# define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy ((Src), (Dst), (Num))
# endif
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgettext.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Name of the default text domain. */
extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[];
/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */
extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain;
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain
#else
# define TEXTDOMAIN textdomain__
#endif
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
char *
TEXTDOMAIN (domainname)
const char *domainname;
{
char *old;
/* A NULL pointer requests the current setting. */
if (domainname == NULL)
return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
old = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
/* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages". */
if (domainname[0] == '\0'
|| strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0)
_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
else
{
/* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain'
will be NULL. This value will be returned and so signals we
are out of core. */
size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
char *cp = (char *) malloc (len);
if (cp != NULL)
memcpy (cp, domainname, len);
_nl_current_default_domain = cp;
}
if (old != _nl_default_default_domain)
free (old);
return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain);
#endif

104
texinfo/intl/xopen-msg.sed Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
# po2msg.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to X/Open style .msg file
# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
#
#
# The first directive in the .msg should be the definition of the
# message set number. We use always set number 1.
#
1 {
i\
$set 1 # Automatically created by po2msg.sed
h
s/.*/0/
x
}
#
# We copy all comments into the .msg file. Perhaps they can help.
#
/^#/ s/^#[ ]*/$ /p
#
# We copy the original message as a comment into the .msg file.
#
/^msgid/ {
# Does not work now
# /"$/! {
# s/\\$//
# s/$/ ... (more lines following)"/
# }
s/^msgid[ ]*"\(.*\)"$/$ Original Message: \1/
p
}
#
# The .msg file contains, other then the .po file, only the translations
# but each given a unique ID. Starting from 1 and incrementing by 1 for
# each message we assign them to the messages.
# It is important that the .po file used to generate the cat-id-tbl.c file
# (with po-to-tbl) is the same as the one used here. (At least the order
# of declarations must not be changed.)
#
/^msgstr/ {
s/msgstr[ ]*"\(.*\)"/\1/
x
# The following nice solution is by
# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
td
# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
# First hide trailing `9' digits.
:d
s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
td
# Assure at least one digit is available.
s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
# Increment the last digit.
s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
s/_/0/g
x
# Bring the line in the format `<number> <message>'
G
s/^[^\n]*$/& /
s/\(.*\)\n\([0-9]*\)/\2 \1/
# Clear flag from last substitution.
tb
# Append the next line.
:b
N
# Look whether second part is a continuation line.
s/\(.*\n\)"\(.*\)"/\1\2/
# Yes, then branch.
ta
P
D
# Note that `D' includes a jump to the start!!
# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'.
:a
s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
P
# We cannot use the sed command `D' here
s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
tb
}
d

15
texinfo/lib/Makefile.am Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
## Makefile.am for texinfo/lib.
## $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.1 1998/03/23 04:43:06 law Exp $
## Run automake in .. to produce Makefile.in from this.
noinst_LIBRARIES = libtxi.a
INCLUDES = -I../intl
# Don't need to list alloca.c, etc., Automake includes them.
libtxi_a_SOURCES = getopt.c getopt.h getopt1.c system.h xmalloc.c xstrdup.c
libtxi_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
libtxi_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libtxi_a_LIBADD)
## xx configure for bzero?, clib, other common stuff
EXTRA_DIST = README

253
texinfo/lib/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.2 from Makefile.am
# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
SHELL = /bin/sh
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
bindir = @bindir@
sbindir = @sbindir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
datadir = @datadir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
libdir = @libdir@
infodir = @infodir@
mandir = @mandir@
includedir = @includedir@
oldincludedir = /usr/include
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
top_builddir = ..
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
transform = @program_transform_name@
NORMAL_INSTALL = true
PRE_INSTALL = true
POST_INSTALL = true
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = true
PRE_UNINSTALL = true
POST_UNINSTALL = true
CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
CC = @CC@
DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
GENCAT = @GENCAT@
GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
GT_NO = @GT_NO@
GT_YES = @GT_YES@
INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
INTLDEPS = @INTLDEPS@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
MAINT = @MAINT@
MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
POFILES = @POFILES@
POSUB = @POSUB@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
TERMLIBS = @TERMLIBS@
TEXCONFIG = @TEXCONFIG@
TEXMF = @TEXMF@
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
l = @l@
noinst_LIBRARIES = libtxi.a
INCLUDES = -I../intl
# Don't need to list alloca.c, etc., Automake includes them.
libtxi_a_SOURCES = getopt.c getopt.h getopt1.c system.h xmalloc.c xstrdup.c
libtxi_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
libtxi_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libtxi_a_LIBADD)
EXTRA_DIST = README
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
LIBRARIES = $(noinst_LIBRARIES)
DEFS = @DEFS@ -I. -I$(srcdir) -I..
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBS = @LIBS@
libtxi_a_OBJECTS = getopt.o getopt1.o xmalloc.o xstrdup.o
AR = ar
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
LINK = $(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
DIST_COMMON = README Makefile.am Makefile.in alloca.c memcpy.c \
memmove.c strdup.c strerror.c
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
TAR = tar
GZIP = --best
SOURCES = $(libtxi_a_SOURCES)
OBJECTS = $(libtxi_a_OBJECTS)
default: all
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES: .c .o
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINT@ Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --cygnus lib/Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
cd $(top_builddir) \
&& CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
mostlyclean-noinstLIBRARIES:
clean-noinstLIBRARIES:
test -z "$(noinst_LIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(noinst_LIBRARIES)
distclean-noinstLIBRARIES:
maintainer-clean-noinstLIBRARIES:
.c.o:
$(COMPILE) -c $<
mostlyclean-compile:
rm -f *.o core
clean-compile:
distclean-compile:
rm -f *.tab.c
maintainer-clean-compile:
libtxi.a: $(libtxi_a_OBJECTS) $(libtxi_a_DEPENDENCIES)
rm -f libtxi.a
$(AR) cru libtxi.a $(libtxi_a_OBJECTS) $(libtxi_a_LIBADD)
$(RANLIB) libtxi.a
tags: TAGS
ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
here=`pwd` && cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)
TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES)
tags=; \
here=`pwd`; \
test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$(SOURCES)$(HEADERS)$$tags" \
|| (cd $(srcdir) && etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) -o $$here/TAGS)
mostlyclean-tags:
clean-tags:
distclean-tags:
rm -f TAGS ID
maintainer-clean-tags:
distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
subdir = lib
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
if test -f $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|| ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
done
info:
dvi:
check: all
$(MAKE)
installcheck:
install-info:
install-exec:
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
install-data:
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
install: install-exec install-data all
@:
uninstall:
all: Makefile $(LIBRARIES)
install-strip:
$(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' INSTALL_SCRIPT='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)' install
installdirs:
mostlyclean-generic:
test -z "$(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)
clean-generic:
test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
distclean-generic:
rm -f Makefile $(DISTCLEANFILES)
rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
maintainer-clean-generic:
test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)
test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES)
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-noinstLIBRARIES mostlyclean-compile \
mostlyclean-tags mostlyclean-generic
clean: clean-noinstLIBRARIES clean-compile clean-tags clean-generic \
mostlyclean
distclean: distclean-noinstLIBRARIES distclean-compile distclean-tags \
distclean-generic clean
rm -f config.status
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-noinstLIBRARIES \
maintainer-clean-compile maintainer-clean-tags \
maintainer-clean-generic distclean
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
.PHONY: default mostlyclean-noinstLIBRARIES distclean-noinstLIBRARIES \
clean-noinstLIBRARIES maintainer-clean-noinstLIBRARIES \
mostlyclean-compile distclean-compile clean-compile \
maintainer-clean-compile tags mostlyclean-tags distclean-tags \
clean-tags maintainer-clean-tags distdir info dvi installcheck \
install-info install-exec install-data install uninstall all \
installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \
maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

3
texinfo/lib/README Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
Common routines to the Texinfo package.
Many are common to other GNU packages as well.
(On the FSF machines, check /gd/gnu/lib for the latest.)

504
texinfo/lib/alloca.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory
(Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn
This implementation of the PWB library alloca function,
which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit,
was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support.
There are some preprocessor constants that can
be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
The general concept of this implementation is to keep
track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
invocation. This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
allocating any. It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include <config.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
#include <string.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifdef emacs
#include "blockinput.h"
#endif
/* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed. */
#if !defined (__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2
/* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work. */
#ifndef alloca
#ifdef emacs
#ifdef static
/* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
-- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
in order to make unexec workable
*/
#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
you
lose
-- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
#endif /* static */
#endif /* emacs */
/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro. */
#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
long i00afunc ();
#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
#else
#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
#endif
#if __STDC__
typedef void *pointer;
#else
typedef char *pointer;
#endif
#ifndef NULL
#define NULL 0
#endif
/* Different portions of Emacs need to call different versions of
malloc. The Emacs executable needs alloca to call xmalloc, because
ordinary malloc isn't protected from input signals. On the other
hand, the utilities in lib-src need alloca to call malloc; some of
them are very simple, and don't have an xmalloc routine.
Non-Emacs programs expect this to call use xmalloc.
Callers below should use malloc. */
#ifndef emacs
#define malloc xmalloc
#endif
extern pointer malloc ();
/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
deduced at run-time.
STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
#define STACK_DIRECTION 0 /* Direction unknown. */
#endif
#if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
#define STACK_DIR STACK_DIRECTION /* Known at compile-time. */
#else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code. */
static int stack_dir; /* 1 or -1 once known. */
#define STACK_DIR stack_dir
static void
find_stack_direction ()
{
static char *addr = NULL; /* Address of first `dummy', once known. */
auto char dummy; /* To get stack address. */
if (addr == NULL)
{ /* Initial entry. */
addr = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy);
find_stack_direction (); /* Recurse once. */
}
else
{
/* Second entry. */
if (ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy) > addr)
stack_dir = 1; /* Stack grew upward. */
else
stack_dir = -1; /* Stack grew downward. */
}
}
#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
/* An "alloca header" is used to:
(a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
(b) keep track of stack depth.
It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
alignment chunk size. The following default should work okay. */
#ifndef ALIGN_SIZE
#define ALIGN_SIZE sizeof(double)
#endif
typedef union hdr
{
char align[ALIGN_SIZE]; /* To force sizeof(header). */
struct
{
union hdr *next; /* For chaining headers. */
char *deep; /* For stack depth measure. */
} h;
} header;
static header *last_alloca_header = NULL; /* -> last alloca header. */
/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage,
which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
the procedure that called alloca. Originally, this space
was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32. */
pointer
alloca (size)
unsigned size;
{
auto char probe; /* Probes stack depth: */
register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
#if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
if (STACK_DIR == 0) /* Unknown growth direction. */
find_stack_direction ();
#endif
/* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */
{
register header *hp; /* Traverses linked list. */
#ifdef emacs
BLOCK_INPUT;
#endif
for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
|| (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth))
{
register header *np = hp->h.next;
free ((pointer) hp); /* Collect garbage. */
hp = np; /* -> next header. */
}
else
break; /* Rest are not deeper. */
last_alloca_header = hp; /* -> last valid storage. */
#ifdef emacs
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
#endif
}
if (size == 0)
return NULL; /* No allocation required. */
/* Allocate combined header + user data storage. */
{
register pointer new = malloc (sizeof (header) + size);
/* Address of header. */
if (new == 0)
abort();
((header *) new)->h.next = last_alloca_header;
((header *) new)->h.deep = depth;
last_alloca_header = (header *) new;
/* User storage begins just after header. */
return (pointer) ((char *) new + sizeof (header));
}
}
#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
#include <stdio.h>
#endif
#ifndef CRAY_STACK
#define CRAY_STACK
#ifndef CRAY2
/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
struct stack_control_header
{
long shgrow:32; /* Number of times stack has grown. */
long shaseg:32; /* Size of increments to stack. */
long shhwm:32; /* High water mark of stack. */
long shsize:32; /* Current size of stack (all segments). */
};
/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at
the high-address end of a stack segment. (The stack
grows from low addresses to high addresses.) The initial
part of the stack segment linkage control information is
0200 (octal) words. This provides for register storage
for the routine which overflows the stack. */
struct stack_segment_linkage
{
long ss[0200]; /* 0200 overflow words. */
long sssize:32; /* Number of words in this segment. */
long ssbase:32; /* Offset to stack base. */
long:32;
long sspseg:32; /* Offset to linkage control of previous
segment of stack. */
long:32;
long sstcpt:32; /* Pointer to task common address block. */
long sscsnm; /* Private control structure number for
microtasking. */
long ssusr1; /* Reserved for user. */
long ssusr2; /* Reserved for user. */
long sstpid; /* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking. */
long ssgvup; /* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup. */
long sscray[7]; /* Reserved for Cray Research. */
long ssa0;
long ssa1;
long ssa2;
long ssa3;
long ssa4;
long ssa5;
long ssa6;
long ssa7;
long sss0;
long sss1;
long sss2;
long sss3;
long sss4;
long sss5;
long sss6;
long sss7;
};
#else /* CRAY2 */
/* The following structure defines the vector of words
returned by the STKSTAT library routine. */
struct stk_stat
{
long now; /* Current total stack size. */
long maxc; /* Amount of contiguous space which would
be required to satisfy the maximum
stack demand to date. */
long high_water; /* Stack high-water mark. */
long overflows; /* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls. */
long hits; /* Number of internal buffer hits. */
long extends; /* Number of block extensions. */
long stko_mallocs; /* Block allocations by $STKOFEN. */
long underflows; /* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN). */
long stko_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN. */
long stkm_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET. */
long segments; /* Current number of stack segments. */
long maxs; /* Maximum number of stack segments so far. */
long pad_size; /* Stack pad size. */
long current_address; /* Current stack segment address. */
long current_size; /* Current stack segment size. This
number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to
include the fifteen word trailer area. */
long initial_address; /* Address of initial segment. */
long initial_size; /* Size of initial segment. */
};
/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails
any stack segment. I think that the description in 'asdef' is
out of date. I only describe the parts that I am sure about. */
struct stk_trailer
{
long this_address; /* Address of this block. */
long this_size; /* Size of this block (does not include
this trailer). */
long unknown2;
long unknown3;
long link; /* Address of trailer block of previous
segment. */
long unknown5;
long unknown6;
long unknown7;
long unknown8;
long unknown9;
long unknown10;
long unknown11;
long unknown12;
long unknown13;
long unknown14;
};
#endif /* CRAY2 */
#endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
#ifdef CRAY2
/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */
static long
i00afunc (long *address)
{
struct stk_stat status;
struct stk_trailer *trailer;
long *block, size;
long result = 0;
/* We want to iterate through all of the segments. The first
step is to get the stack status structure. We could do this
more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the
$LM00 common block, but I know that this works. */
STKSTAT (&status);
/* Set up the iteration. */
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address
+ status.current_size
- 15);
/* There must be at least one stack segment. Therefore it is
a fatal error if "trailer" is null. */
if (trailer == 0)
abort ();
/* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address. */
while (trailer != 0)
{
block = (long *) trailer->this_address;
size = trailer->this_size;
if (block == 0 || size == 0)
abort ();
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size)))
break;
}
/* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes
of all predecessor segments. */
result = address - block;
if (trailer == 0)
{
return result;
}
do
{
if (trailer->this_size <= 0)
abort ();
result += trailer->this_size;
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
}
while (trailer != 0);
/* We are done. Note that if you present a bogus address (one
not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed
from subtracting the address of the first block. This is probably
not what you want. */
return (result);
}
#else /* not CRAY2 */
/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
given the address of the cell. The purpose of this
routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses
for alloca. */
static long
i00afunc (long address)
{
long stkl = 0;
long size, pseg, this_segment, stack;
long result = 0;
struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr;
/* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the
current stack segment. If you (as a subprogram) store
your registers on the stack and find that you are past
the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment.
B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control
area, which is what we are really interested in. */
stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END ();
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
/* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment,
one has the address of the first word of the segment.
If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be
nonzero. */
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
size = ssptr->sssize;
this_segment = stkl - size;
/* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused
a stack overflow. Discard stack segments which do not
contain the target address. */
while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
{
#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
#endif
if (pseg == 0)
break;
stkl = stkl - pseg;
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
size = ssptr->sssize;
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
this_segment = stkl - size;
}
result = address - this_segment;
/* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack,
you get the address of the previous stack segment's end.
This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save
a cycle somewhere. */
while (pseg != 0)
{
#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
#endif
stkl = stkl - pseg;
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
size = ssptr->sssize;
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
result += size;
}
return (result);
}
#endif /* not CRAY2 */
#endif /* CRAY */
#endif /* no alloca */
#endif /* not GCC version 2 */

1053
texinfo/lib/getopt.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

133
texinfo/lib/getopt.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
/* Declarations for getopt.
Copyright (C) 1989,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifndef _GETOPT_H
#define _GETOPT_H 1
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
the argument value is returned here.
Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */
extern char *optarg;
/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
This is used for communication to and from the caller
and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */
extern int optind;
/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints
for unrecognized options. */
extern int opterr;
/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. */
extern int optopt;
/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
zero.
The field `has_arg' is:
no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument,
optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but
left unchanged if the option is not found.
To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to
a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the
option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero
value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
one). For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt'
returns the contents of the `val' field. */
struct option
{
#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
const char *name;
#else
char *name;
#endif
/* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int. */
int has_arg;
int *flag;
int val;
};
/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'. */
#define no_argument 0
#define required_argument 1
#define optional_argument 2
#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
differences in the consts, in stdlib.h. To avoid compilation
errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library. */
extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts);
#else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
extern int getopt ();
#endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts,
const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv,
const char *shortopts,
const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
/* Internal only. Users should not call this directly. */
extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv,
const char *shortopts,
const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
int long_only);
#else /* not __STDC__ */
extern int getopt ();
extern int getopt_long ();
extern int getopt_long_only ();
extern int _getopt_internal ();
#endif /* __STDC__ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* _GETOPT_H */

189
texinfo/lib/getopt1.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include <config.h>
#endif
#include "getopt.h"
#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
reject `defined (const)'. */
#ifndef const
#define const
#endif
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C
Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling
and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
(especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU
program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */
#define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2
#include <gnu-versions.h>
#if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
#define ELIDE_CODE
#endif
#endif
#ifndef ELIDE_CODE
/* This needs to come after some library #include
to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */
#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifndef NULL
#define NULL 0
#endif
int
getopt_long (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
int argc;
char *const *argv;
const char *options;
const struct option *long_options;
int *opt_index;
{
return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0);
}
/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option.
If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option,
but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option
instead. */
int
getopt_long_only (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
int argc;
char *const *argv;
const char *options;
const struct option *long_options;
int *opt_index;
{
return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1);
}
#endif /* Not ELIDE_CODE. */
#ifdef TEST
#include <stdio.h>
int
main (argc, argv)
int argc;
char **argv;
{
int c;
int digit_optind = 0;
while (1)
{
int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
int option_index = 0;
static struct option long_options[] =
{
{"add", 1, 0, 0},
{"append", 0, 0, 0},
{"delete", 1, 0, 0},
{"verbose", 0, 0, 0},
{"create", 0, 0, 0},
{"file", 1, 0, 0},
{0, 0, 0, 0}
};
c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789",
long_options, &option_index);
if (c == -1)
break;
switch (c)
{
case 0:
printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
if (optarg)
printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
printf ("\n");
break;
case '0':
case '1':
case '2':
case '3':
case '4':
case '5':
case '6':
case '7':
case '8':
case '9':
if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
digit_optind = this_option_optind;
printf ("option %c\n", c);
break;
case 'a':
printf ("option a\n");
break;
case 'b':
printf ("option b\n");
break;
case 'c':
printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
break;
case 'd':
printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg);
break;
case '?':
break;
default:
printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
}
}
if (optind < argc)
{
printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
while (optind < argc)
printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
printf ("\n");
}
exit (0);
}
#endif /* TEST */

20
texinfo/lib/memcpy.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
/* Copy LEN bytes starting at SRCADDR to DESTADDR. Result undefined
if the source overlaps with the destination.
Return DESTADDR. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include <config.h>
#endif
char *
memcpy (destaddr, srcaddr, len)
char *destaddr;
const char *srcaddr;
int len;
{
char *dest = destaddr;
while (len-- > 0)
*destaddr++ = *srcaddr++;
return dest;
}

24
texinfo/lib/memmove.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
/* memmove.c -- copy memory.
Copy LENGTH bytes from SOURCE to DEST. Does not null-terminate.
In the public domain.
By David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include <config.h>
#endif
void
memmove (dest, source, length)
char *dest;
const char *source;
unsigned length;
{
if (source < dest)
/* Moving from low mem to hi mem; start at end. */
for (source += length, dest += length; length; --length)
*--dest = *--source;
else if (source != dest)
/* Moving from hi mem to low mem; start at beginning. */
for (; length; --length)
*dest++ = *source++;
}

43
texinfo/lib/strdup.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
/* strdup.c -- return a newly allocated copy of a string
Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include <config.h>
#endif
#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#else
char *malloc ();
char *strcpy ();
#endif
/* Return a newly allocated copy of STR,
or 0 if out of memory. */
char *
strdup (str)
const char *str;
{
char *newstr;
newstr = (char *) malloc (strlen (str) + 1);
if (newstr)
strcpy (newstr, str);
return newstr;
}

43
texinfo/lib/strerror.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
/*
* strerror.c --- ANSI C compatible system error routine
*/
/*
* Copyright (C) 1986, 1988, 1989, 1991 the Free Software Foundation, Inc.
* From gawk.
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
* any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*
*/
#if 0
#include <stdio.h>
#endif
extern int sys_nerr;
extern char *sys_errlist[];
char *
strerror(n)
int n;
{
static char mesg[30];
if (n < 0 || n >= sys_nerr) {
sprintf(mesg, "Unknown error (%d)", n);
return mesg;
} else
return sys_errlist[n];
}

102
texinfo/lib/system.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
/* system.h: System-dependent declarations. Include this first.
$Id: system.h,v 1.1 1998/03/23 04:43:06 law Exp $
Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifndef TEXINFO_SYSTEM_H
#define TEXINFO_SYSTEM_H
#define _GNU_SOURCE
#include <config.h>
/* <unistd.h> should be included before any preprocessor test
of _POSIX_VERSION. */
#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
#include <unistd.h>
#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#ifdef HAVE_LOCALE_H
#include <locale.h>
#endif
#include <libintl.h>
/* Don't use bcopy! Use memmove if source and destination may overlap,
memcpy otherwise. */
#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
# if !STDC_HEADERS && HAVE_MEMORY_H
# include <memory.h>
# endif
# include <string.h>
#else
# include <strings.h>
char *memchr ();
#endif
#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
#define getopt system_getopt
#include <stdlib.h>
#undef getopt
#else
extern char *getenv ();
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_STRERROR
extern char *strerror ();
#endif
#include <errno.h>
#ifndef errno
extern int errno;
#endif
#ifdef VMS
#include <perror.h>
#endif
#include <sys/stat.h>
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_FILE_H
#include <sys/file.h>
#endif /* HAVE_SYS_FILE_H */
#ifndef O_RDONLY
/* Since <fcntl.h> is POSIX, prefer that to <sys/fcntl.h>.
This also avoids some useless warnings on (at least) Linux. */
#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
#include <fcntl.h>
#else /* not HAVE_FCNTL_H */
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H
#include <sys/fcntl.h>
#endif /* not HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H */
#endif /* not HAVE_FCNTL_H */
#endif /* not O_RDONLY */
#ifdef HAVE_PWD_H
#include <pwd.h>
#endif
/* Some systems don't declare this function in pwd.h. */
struct passwd *getpwnam ();
/* Our library routines not included in any system library. */
extern void *xmalloc (), *xrealloc ();
extern char *xstrdup ();
#endif /* TEXINFO_SYSTEM_H */

80
texinfo/lib/xmalloc.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
/* xmalloc.c -- safe versions of malloc and realloc */
/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation
stored in Info format.
This file has appeared in prior works by the Free Software Foundation;
thus it carries copyright dates from 1988 through 1993.
Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#if !defined (ALREADY_HAVE_XMALLOC)
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
extern void *malloc (), *realloc ();
static void memory_error_and_abort ();
/* **************************************************************** */
/* */
/* Memory Allocation and Deallocation. */
/* */
/* **************************************************************** */
/* Return a pointer to free()able block of memory large enough
to hold BYTES number of bytes. If the memory cannot be allocated,
print an error message and abort. */
void *
xmalloc (bytes)
int bytes;
{
void *temp = malloc (bytes);
if (!temp)
memory_error_and_abort ("xmalloc");
return (temp);
}
void *
xrealloc (pointer, bytes)
void *pointer;
int bytes;
{
void *temp;
if (!pointer)
temp = malloc (bytes);
else
temp = realloc (pointer, bytes);
if (!temp)
memory_error_and_abort ("xrealloc");
return (temp);
}
static void
memory_error_and_abort (fname)
char *fname;
{
fprintf (stderr, "%s: Out of virtual memory!\n", fname);
abort ();
}
#endif /* !ALREADY_HAVE_XMALLOC */

42
texinfo/lib/xstrdup.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
/* xstrdup.c -- copy a string with out of memory checking
Copyright (C) 1990, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
# include <string.h>
#else
# include <strings.h>
#endif
#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
char *xmalloc (size_t);
char *xstrdup (char *string);
#else
char *xmalloc ();
#endif
/* Return a newly allocated copy of STRING. */
char *
xstrdup (string)
char *string;
{
return strcpy (xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1), string);
}

13
texinfo/makeinfo/Makefile.am Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
## Makefile.am for texinfo/makeinfo.
## $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.1 1998/03/23 04:43:06 law Exp $
## Run automake in .. to produce Makefile.in from this.
bin_PROGRAMS = makeinfo
localedir = $(datadir)/locale
INCLUDES = -I$(top_srcdir)/lib -I../intl -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\"
LDADD = ../lib/libtxi.a @INTLLIBS@
makeinfo_SOURCES = makeinfo.c makeinfo.h multi.c
EXTRA_DIST = README

6
texinfo/makeinfo/README Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
A standalone program to convert Texinfo source into Info files
readable with standalone info or M-x info in Emacs.
makeinfo can also output plain ASCII.
The Emacs function M-x texinfo-format-buffer does the same job, but
makeinfo is faster and gives better error messages.

134
texinfo/missing Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing.
# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Franc,ois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
# 02111-1307, USA.
if test $# -eq 0; then
echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
exit 1
fi
case "$1" in
-h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
echo "\
$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an
error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM.
Options:
-h, --help display this help and exit
-v, --version output version information and exit
Supported PROGRAM values:
aclocal touch file \`aclocal.m4'
autoconf touch file \`configure'
autoheader touch file \`config.h.in'
automake touch all \`Makefile.in' files
bison touch file \`y.tab.c'
makeinfo touch the output file
yacc touch file \`y.tab.c'"
;;
-v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
echo "missing - GNU libit 0.0"
;;
-*)
echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option"
echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
exit 1
;;
aclocal)
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`configure.in'. You might want
to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from
any GNU archive site."
touch aclocal.m4
;;
autoconf)
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
you modified \`configure.in'. You might want to install the
\`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU
archive site."
touch configure
;;
autoheader)
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`configure.in'. You might want
to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them
from any GNU archive site."
touch config.h.in
;;
automake)
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`configure.in'.
You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages.
Grab them from any GNU archive site."
find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print \
| sed 's/^\(.*\).am$/touch \1.in/' \
| sh
;;
bison|yacc)
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
you modified a \`.y' file. You may need the \`Bison' package
in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get
\`Bison' from any GNU archive site."
touch y.tab.c
;;
makeinfo)
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file
indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual. The spurious
call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX,
DU, IRIX). You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or
the \`GNU make' package. Grab either from any GNU archive site."
file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
if test -z "$file"; then
file=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'`
file=`sed -n '/^@setfilename/ { s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/; p; q; }' $file`
fi
touch $file
;;
*)
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and you do not seem to have it handy on your
system. You might have modified some files without having the
proper tools for further handling them. Check the \`README' file,
it often tells you about the needed prerequirements for installing
this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case
some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program."
exit 1
;;
esac
exit 0

40
texinfo/mkinstalldirs Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
#! /bin/sh
# mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy
# Author: Noah Friedman <friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu>
# Created: 1993-05-16
# Public domain
# $Id: mkinstalldirs,v 1.1 1998/03/23 04:42:10 law Exp $
errstatus=0
for file
do
set fnord `echo ":$file" | sed -ne 's/^:\//#/;s/^://;s/\// /g;s/^#/\//;p'`
shift
pathcomp=
for d
do
pathcomp="$pathcomp$d"
case "$pathcomp" in
-* ) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;;
esac
if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
echo "mkdir $pathcomp" 1>&2
mkdir "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$?
if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
errstatus=$lasterr
fi
fi
pathcomp="$pathcomp/"
done
done
exit $errstatus
# mkinstalldirs ends here

5
texinfo/po/ChangeLog Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
Thu Sep 4 15:01:33 1997 Jeffrey A Law (law@cygnus.com)
* Makefile.in.in (install-info): Add dummy target.

270
texinfo/po/Makefile.in.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
# Makefile for program source directory in GNU NLS utilities package.
# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
VERSION = @VERSION@
SHELL = /bin/sh
@SET_MAKE@
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
datadir = $(prefix)/@DATADIRNAME@
localedir = $(datadir)/locale
gnulocaledir = $(prefix)/share/locale
gettextsrcdir = $(prefix)/share/gettext/po
subdir = po
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
CC = @CC@
GENCAT = @GENCAT@
GMSGFMT = PATH=../src:$$PATH @GMSGFMT@
MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
XGETTEXT = PATH=../src:$$PATH @XGETTEXT@
MSGMERGE = PATH=../src:$$PATH msgmerge
DEFS = @DEFS@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl
COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
SOURCES = cat-id-tbl.c
POFILES = @POFILES@
GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
DISTFILES = ChangeLog Makefile.in.in POTFILES.in $(PACKAGE).pot \
stamp-cat-id $(POFILES) $(GMOFILES) $(SOURCES)
POTFILES = \
CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES: .c .o .po .pox .gmo .mo .msg .cat
.c.o:
$(COMPILE) $<
.po.pox:
if [ x"@MAINT@" = x ]; then \
$(MAKE) $(PACKAGE).pot; \
$(MSGMERGE) $< $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot -o $*.pox; \
else \
touch $@; \
fi
.po.mo:
if [ x"@MAINT@" = x ]; then \
$(MSGFMT) -o $@ $<; \
else \
touch $@; \
fi
.po.gmo:
if [ x"@MAINT@" = x ]; then \
file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.gmo \
&& rm -f $$file && $(GMSGFMT) -o $$file $<; \
else \
touch $@; \
fi
.po.cat:
if [ x"@MAINT@" = x ]; then \
sed -f ../intl/po2msg.sed < $< > $*.msg \
&& rm -f $@ && $(GENCAT) $@ $*.msg; \
else \
touch $@; \
fi
all: all-@USE_NLS@
all-yes: cat-id-tbl.c $(CATALOGS)
all-no:
$(PACKAGE).pot: @MAINT@ $(POTFILES)
$(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(PACKAGE) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \
--add-comments --keyword=_ --keyword=N_ \
--files-from=$(srcdir)/POTFILES.in
if [ ! -s $(PACKAGE).po ] \
|| cmp -s $(PACKAGE).po $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot; then \
rm -f $(PACKAGE).po; \
else \
rm -f $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot \
&& mv $(PACKAGE).po $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot; \
fi
cat-id-tbl.c: stamp-cat-id
stamp-cat-id: @MAINT@ $(PACKAGE).pot
rm -f cat-id-tbl.tmp
sed -f ../intl/po2tbl.sed $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot \
| sed -e "s/@PACKAGE NAME@/$(PACKAGE)/" > cat-id-tbl.tmp
if cmp -s cat-id-tbl.tmp $(srcdir)/cat-id-tbl.c; then \
rm cat-id-tbl.tmp; \
else \
echo cat-id-tbl.c changed; \
rm -f $(srcdir)/cat-id-tbl.c; \
mv cat-id-tbl.tmp $(srcdir)/cat-id-tbl.c; \
fi
cd $(srcdir) && rm -f stamp-cat-id && echo timestamp > stamp-cat-id
install: install-exec install-data
install-exec:
install-data: install-data-@USE_NLS@
install-data-no: all
install-data-yes: all
if test -r $(MKINSTALLDIRS); then \
$(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(datadir); \
else \
$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(datadir); \
fi
@catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
for cat in $$catalogs; do \
case "$$cat" in \
*.gmo) destdir=$(gnulocaledir);; \
*) destdir=$(localedir);; \
esac; \
lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/$(CATOBJEXT)$$//'`; \
dir=$$destdir/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
if test -r $(MKINSTALLDIRS); then \
$(MKINSTALLDIRS) $$dir; \
else \
$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $$dir; \
fi; \
if test -r $$cat; then \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$cat $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \
echo "installing $$cat as $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT)"; \
else \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$cat $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \
echo "installing $(srcdir)/$$cat as" \
"$$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT)"; \
fi; \
if test -r $$cat.m; then \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$cat.m $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \
echo "installing $$cat.m as $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m"; \
else \
if test -r $(srcdir)/$$cat.m ; then \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$cat.m \
$$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \
echo "installing $(srcdir)/$$cat as" \
"$$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m"; \
else \
true; \
fi; \
fi; \
done
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
if test -r $(MKINSTALLDIRS); then \
$(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(gettextsrcdir); \
else \
$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(gettextsrcdir); \
fi; \
cd $(srcdir) && \
$(INSTALL_DATA) Makefile.in.in $(gettextsrcdir)/Makefile.in.in; \
else \
: ; \
fi
# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
installcheck:
uninstall:
catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
for cat in $$catalogs; do \
lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/$(CATOBJEXT)$$//'`; \
rm -f $(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \
rm -f $(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \
rm -f $(gnulocaledir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \
rm -f $(gnulocaledir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \
done
rm -f $(gettextsrcdir)/po-Makefile.in.in
check: all
cat-id-tbl.o: ../intl/libgettext.h
dvi info install-info tags TAGS ID:
mostlyclean:
rm -f core core.* *.pox $(PACKAGE).po *.old.po cat-id-tbl.tmp
rm -fr *.o
clean: mostlyclean
distclean: clean
rm -f Makefile Makefile.in POTFILES *.mo *.msg *.cat *.cat.m
maintainer-clean: distclean
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
dist distdir: update-po $(DISTFILES)
dists="$(DISTFILES)"; \
for file in $$dists; do \
ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
|| cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
done
update-po: Makefile
$(MAKE) $(PACKAGE).pot
PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; \
cd $(srcdir); \
catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
for cat in $$catalogs; do \
lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/$(CATOBJEXT)$$//'`; \
mv $$lang.po $$lang.old.po; \
echo "$$lang:"; \
if $(MSGMERGE) $$lang.old.po $(PACKAGE).pot -o $$lang.po; then \
rm -f $$lang.old.po; \
else \
echo "msgmerge for $$cat failed!"; \
rm -f $$lang.po; \
mv $$lang.old.po $$lang.po; \
fi; \
done
POTFILES: POTFILES.in
( if test 'x$(srcdir)' != 'x.'; then \
posrcprefix='$(top_srcdir)/'; \
else \
posrcprefix="../"; \
fi; \
sed -e '/^#/d' -e '/^[ ]*$$/d' \
-e "s@.*@ $$posrcprefix& \\\\@" \
-e '$$s/\(.*\) \\/\1/' < $(srcdir)/POTFILES.in > POTFILES )
Makefile: Makefile.in.in ../config.status POTFILES
cd .. \
&& CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@.in CONFIG_HEADERS= \
$(SHELL) ./config.status
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

20
texinfo/po/POTFILES.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
# List of source files containing translatable strings.
# The last line must not be a comment.
info/doc.c
info/echo-area.c
info/footnotes.c
info/indices.c
info/info.c
info/infodoc.c
info/m-x.c
info/makedoc.c
info/nodemenu.c
info/nodes.h
info/session.c
info/variables.c
info/window.c
makeinfo/makeinfo.c
makeinfo/multi.c
util/install-info.c
util/texindex.c

501
texinfo/po/cat-id-tbl.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,501 @@
/* Automatically generated by po2tbl.sed from texinfo.pot. */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "libgettext.h"
const struct _msg_ent _msg_tbl[] = {
{"", 1},
{"Move down to the next line", 2},
{"Move up to the previous line", 3},
{"Move to the end of the line", 4},
{"Move to the start of the line", 5},
{"Move forward a character", 6},
{"Move backward a character", 7},
{"Move forward a word", 8},
{"Move backward a word", 9},
{"Move forwards or down through node structure", 10},
{"Move backwards or up through node structure", 11},
{"Scroll forward in this window", 12},
{"Scroll backward in this window", 13},
{"Move to the start of this node", 14},
{"Move to the end of this node", 15},
{"Select the next window", 16},
{"Select the previous window", 17},
{"Split the current window", 18},
{"Delete the current window", 19},
{"Delete all other windows", 20},
{"Scroll the other window", 21},
{"Grow (or shrink) this window", 22},
{"Divide the available screen space among the visible windows", 23},
{"Toggle the state of line wrapping in the current window", 24},
{"Select the `Next' node", 25},
{"Select the `Prev' node", 26},
{"Select the `Up' node", 27},
{"Select the last node in this file", 28},
{"Select the first node in this file", 29},
{"Select the most recently selected node", 30},
{"Select the last item in this node's menu", 31},
{"Select this menu item", 32},
{"Read a menu item and select its node", 33},
{"Read a footnote or cross reference and select its node", 34},
{"Move to the start of this node's menu", 35},
{"Visit as many menu items at once as possible", 36},
{"Read a node name and select it", 37},
{"Read a manpage reference and select it", 38},
{"Select the node `Top' in this file", 39},
{"Select the node `(dir)'", 40},
{"Kill this node", 41},
{"Read the name of a file and select it", 42},
{"Pipe the contents of this node through INFO_PRINT_COMMAND", 43},
{"Read a string and search for it", 44},
{"Search interactively for a string as you type it", 45},
{"Move to the previous cross reference", 46},
{"Move to the next cross reference", 47},
{"Select reference or menu item appearing on this line", 48},
{"Cancel current operation", 49},
{"Move to the cursor to a specific line of the window", 50},
{"Redraw the display", 51},
{"Quit using Info", 52},
{"Add this digit to the current numeric argument", 53},
{"universal-argument", 54},
{"Start (or multiply by 4) the current numeric argument", 55},
{"Internally used by \\[universal-argument]", 56},
{"Move to the start of this line", 57},
{"Move to the end of this line", 58},
{"Delete the character under the cursor", 59},
{"Delete the character behind the cursor", 60},
{"Cancel or quit operation", 61},
{"Accept (or force completion of) this line", 62},
{"Insert next character verbatim", 63},
{"Insert this character", 64},
{"Insert a TAB character", 65},
{"Transpose characters at point", 66},
{"Yank back the contents of the last kill", 67},
{"Yank back a previous kill", 68},
{"Kill to the end of the line", 69},
{"Kill to the beginning of the line", 70},
{"Kill the word following the cursor", 71},
{"Kill the word preceding the cursor", 72},
{"List possible completions", 73},
{"Insert completion", 74},
{"Scroll the completions window", 75},
{"Display help message", 76},
{"Visit Info node `(info)Help'", 77},
{"Print documentation for KEY", 78},
{"Show what to type to execute a given command", 79},
{"Read the name of an Info command and describe it", 80},
{"Read a command name in the echo area and execute it", 81},
{"Set the height of the displayed window", 82},
{"Look up a string in the index for this file", 83},
{"\
Go to the next matching index item from the last `\\[index-search]' command", 84},
{"Grovel all known info file's indices for a string and build a menu", 85},
{"Make a window containing a menu of all of the currently visited nodes", 86},
{"Select a node which has been previously visited in a visible window", 87},
{"Show the footnotes associated with this node in another window", 88},
{"Explain the use of a variable", 89},
{"Set the value of an Info variable", 90},
{"Kill ring is empty", 91},
{"Not complete", 92},
{"No completions", 93},
{"Sole completion", 94},
{"There %s %d ", 95},
{"is", 96},
{"are", 97},
{"completion%s:\n", 98},
{"Building completions...", 99},
{"Footnotes could not be displayed", 100},
{"Finding index entries...", 101},
{"No indices found.", 102},
{"Index entry: ", 103},
{"No previous index search string.", 104},
{"No index entries.", 105},
{"No %sindex entries containing \"%s\".", 106},
{"more ", 107},
{"CAN'T SEE THIS", 108},
{"Found \"%s\" in %s. (`\\[next-index-match]' tries to find next.)", 109},
{"Scanning indices of \"%s\"...", 110},
{"Index apropos: ", 111},
{"\
\n\
* Menu: Nodes whoses indices contain \"%s\":\n", 112},
{"no entries found\n", 113},
{"There is no menu in this node.", 114},
{"There is no menu item \"%s\" in this node.", 115},
{"Unable to find the node referenced by \"%s\".", 116},
{"\
Usage: info [-d dir-path] [-f info-file] [-o output-file] [-n node-name]...", 117},
{"\
[--directory dir-path] [--file info-file] [--node node-name]...", 118},
{" [--help] [--output output-file] [--subnodes] [--version]", 119},
{" [--dribble dribble-file] [--restore from-file]", 120},
{" [menu-selection ...]", 121},
{"\
Here is a quick description of Info's options. For a more complete\n\
description of how to use Info, type `info info options'.\n\
\n\
--directory DIR Add DIR to INFOPATH.\n\
--dribble FILENAME Remember user keystrokes in FILENAME.\n\
--file FILENAME Specify Info file to visit.\n\
--node NODENAME Specify nodes in first visited Info file.\n\
--output FILENAME Output selected nodes to FILENAME.\n\
--restore FILENAME Read initial keystrokes from FILENAME.\n\
--subnodes Recursively output menu items.\n\
--help Get this help message.\n\
--version Display Info's version information.\n\
\n\
Remaining arguments to Info are treated as the names of menu\n\
items in the initial node visited. You can easily move to the\n\
node of your choice by specifying the menu names which describe\n\
the path to that node. For example, `info emacs buffers'.\n\
\n\
Email bug reports to bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu.", 122},
{"Basic Commands in Info Windows", 123},
{"\
The following commands can only be invoked via M-x:\n\
\n", 124},
{"--- Use `\\[history-node]' or `\\[kill-node]' to exit ---\n", 125},
{"Describe key: %s", 126},
{"ESC %s is undefined.", 127},
{"%s is undefined.", 128},
{"%s is defined to %s.", 129},
{"Where is command: ", 130},
{"`%s' is not on any keys", 131},
{"%s can only be invoked via %s.", 132},
{"%s can be invoked via %s.", 133},
{"There is no function named `%s'", 134},
{"Describe command: ", 135},
{"Cannot execute an `echo-area' command here.", 136},
{"Set screen height to (%d): ", 137},
{"\
Source files groveled to make this file include:\n\
\n", 138},
{"Couldn't manipulate the file %s.\n", 139},
{"\
\n\
* Menu:\n\
(File)Node Lines Size Containing File\n\
---------- ----- ---- ---------------", 140},
{"\
Here is the menu of nodes you have recently visited.\n\
Select one from this menu, or use `\\[history-node]' in another window.\n", 141},
{"Select visited node: ", 142},
{"The reference disappeared! (%s).", 143},
{"\
Welcome to Info version %s. \"\\[get-help-window]\" for help, \
\"\\[menu-item]\" for menu item.", 144},
{" times", 145},
{"%d times", 146},
{"No \"Next\" pointer for this node.", 147},
{"Following \"Next\" node...", 148},
{"Next", 149},
{"Selecting first menu item...", 150},
{"Selecting \"Next\" node...", 151},
{"Up", 152},
{"No more nodes.", 153},
{"No \"Prev\" for this node.", 154},
{"Moving \"Prev\" in this window.", 155},
{"Prev", 156},
{"No \"Prev\" or \"Up\" for this node.", 157},
{"Moving \"Up\" in this window.", 158},
{"Moving to \"Prev\"'s last menu item.", 159},
{"Cannot delete a permanent window", 160},
{"This window has no additional nodes", 161},
{"There aren't %d items in this menu.", 162},
{"Menu item (%s): ", 163},
{"Menu item: ", 164},
{"Follow xref (%s): ", 165},
{"Follow xref: ", 166},
{"Goto Node: ", 167},
{"Get Manpage: ", 168},
{"Top", 169},
{"Kill node (%s): ", 170},
{"Cannot kill node `%s'", 171},
{"Cannot kill the last node", 172},
{"Find file: ", 173},
{"Cannot find \"%s\".", 174},
{"Could not create output file \"%s\".", 175},
{"Done.", 176},
{"Writing node \"(%s)%s\"...", 177},
{"Writing node \"%s\"...", 178},
{"Cannot open pipe to \"%s\".", 179},
{"Printing node \"(%s)%s\"...", 180},
{"Printing node \"%s\"...", 181},
{"Searching subfile \"%s\"...", 182},
{"%s for string [%s]: ", 183},
{"Search backward", 184},
{"Search", 185},
{"Search failed.", 186},
{"I-search backward: ", 187},
{"I-search: ", 188},
{"Failing ", 189},
{"No cross references in this node.", 190},
{"Quit", 191},
{"Unknown command (%s).", 192},
{"\"\" is invalid", 193},
{"\"%s\" is invalid", 194},
{"When \"On\", footnotes appear and disappear automatically", 195},
{"When \"On\", creating or deleting a window resizes other windows", 196},
{"When \"On\", flash the screen instead of ringing the bell", 197},
{"When \"On\", errors cause the bell to ring", 198},
{"When \"On\", Info garbage collects files which had to be uncompressed", 199},
{"When \"On\", the portion of the matched search string is highlighted", 200},
{"Controls what happens when scrolling is requested at the end of a node", 201},
{"The number lines to scroll when the cursor moves out of the window", 202},
{"When \"On\", Info accepts and displays ISO Latin characters", 203},
{"Describe variable: ", 204},
{"Set variable: ", 205},
{"Set %s to value (%d): ", 206},
{"Set %s to value (%s): ", 207},
{"--*** Tags out of Date ***", 208},
{"-----Info: (), lines ----, ", 209},
{"-%s---Info: %s, %d lines --%s--", 210},
{"-%s%s-Info: (%s)%s, %d lines --%s--", 211},
{" Subfile: %s", 212},
{"%s:%d: warning: ", 213},
{"Too many errors! Gave up.\n", 214},
{"%s: %s arg must be numeric, not `%s'.\n", 215},
{"Couldn't open macro expansion output `%s'", 216},
{"Cannot specify more than one macro expansion output", 217},
{"%s: --paragraph-indent arg must be numeric/`none'/`asis', not `%s'.\n", 218},
{"%s: --footnote-style arg must be `separate' or `end', not `%s'.\n", 219},
{"\
Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n\
There is NO warranty. You may redistribute this software\n\
under the terms of the GNU General Public License.\n\
For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING.", 220},
{"%s: missing file argument.\n", 221},
{"makeinfo (GNU %s %s) %d.%d\n", 222},
{"Try `%s --help' for more information.\n", 223},
{"\
Usage: %s [OPTION]... TEXINFO-FILE...\n\
\n\
Translate Texinfo source documentation to a format suitable for reading\n\
with GNU Info.\n\
\n\
Options:\n\
-D VAR define a variable, as with @set.\n\
-E MACRO-OFILE process macros only, output texinfo source.\n\
-I DIR append DIR to the @include directory search path.\n\
-P DIR prepend DIR to the @include directory search path.\n\
-U VAR undefine a variable, as with @clear.\n\
--error-limit NUM quit after NUM errors (default %d).\n\
--fill-column NUM break lines at NUM characters (default %d).\n\
--footnote-style STYLE output footnotes according to STYLE:\n\
`separate' to place footnotes in their own node,\n\
`end' to place the footnotes at the end of\n\
the node in which they are defined (the default).\n\
--force preserve output even if errors.\n\
--help display this help and exit.\n\
--no-validate suppress node cross-reference validation.\n\
--no-warn suppress warnings (but not errors).\n\
--no-split suppress splitting of large files.\n\
--no-headers suppress node separators and Node: Foo headers.\n\
--output FILE, -o FILE output to FILE, and ignore any @setfilename.\n\
--paragraph-indent VAL indent paragraphs with VAL spaces (default %d).\n\
if VAL is `none', do not indent; if VAL is `asis',\n\
preserve any existing indentation.\n\
--reference-limit NUM complain about at most NUM references (default %d).\n\
--verbose report about what is being done.\n\
--version display version information and exit.\n\
\n\
Email bug reports to bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu.\n", 224},
{"%s: getwd: %s, %s\n", 225},
{"Expected `%s'", 226},
{"No `%s' found in `%s'", 227},
{"%s: Skipping macro expansion to stdout as Info output is going there.\n", 228},
{"Making %s file `%s' from `%s'.\n", 229},
{"This is Info file %s, produced by Makeinfo version %d.%d", 230},
{" from the input file %s.\n", 231},
{"\
%s: Removing macro output file `%s' due to errors; use --force to preserve.\n", 232},
{"%s: Removing output file `%s' due to errors; use --force to preserve.\n", 233},
{"Misplaced %c", 234},
{"Unknown command `%s'", 235},
{"NO_NAME!", 236},
{"%c%s expected `{...}'", 237},
{"Unmatched }", 238},
{"%c%s missing close brace", 239},
{"Broken-Type in insertion_type_pname", 240},
{"Enumeration stack overflow", 241},
{"lettering overflow, restarting at %c", 242},
{"* Menu:\n", 243},
{"%s requires an argument: the formatter for %citem", 244},
{"`%cend' expected `%s', but saw `%s'", 245},
{"No matching `%cend %s'", 246},
{"How did @%s end up in cm_special_char?\n", 247},
{"%c%s expects `i' or `j' as argument, not `%c'", 248},
{"%c%s expects a single character `i' or `j' as argument", 249},
{"January", 250},
{"February", 251},
{"March", 252},
{"April", 253},
{"May", 254},
{"June", 255},
{"July", 256},
{"August", 257},
{"September", 258},
{"October", 259},
{"November", 260},
{"December", 261},
{"%d %s %d", 262},
{"%c%s expects a single character as an argument", 263},
{"%c%s is obsolete", 264},
{"There already is a node having %ctop as a section", 265},
{"Here is the %ctop node", 266},
{"%ctop used before %cnode, defaulting to %s", 267},
{"%c%s is obsolete; use %c%s instead", 268},
{"Node `%s' multiply defined (line %d is first definition at)", 269},
{"Formatting node %s...\n", 270},
{"Node `%s' requires a sectioning command (e.g. %c%s)", 271},
{"Node `%s''s Next field not pointed back to", 272},
{"This node (`%s') is the one with the bad `Prev'", 273},
{"Node `%s's Prev field not pointed back to", 274},
{"This node (`%s') has the bad Next", 275},
{"Node `%s' missing Up field", 276},
{"`%s' has an Up field of `%s', but `%s' has no menu item for `%s'", 277},
{"node `%s' has been referenced %d times", 278},
{"unreferenced node `%s'", 279},
{"%s reference to nonexistent node `%s'", 280},
{"%cmenu seen before first node", 281},
{"creating `Top' node", 282},
{"`.' or `,' must follow cross reference, not %c", 283},
{"@image file `%s' unreadable: %s", 284},
{"@image missing filename argument", 285},
{"%s requires letter or digit", 286},
{"Unmatched `%c%s'", 287},
{"`%c%s' needs something after it", 288},
{"Bad argument to `%s', `%s', using `%s'", 289},
{"{No Value For \"%s\"}", 290},
{"%c%s requires a name", 291},
{"Reached eof before matching @end %s", 292},
{"The `%c%s' command is meaningless within a `@%s' block", 293},
{"%citemx is not meaningful inside of a `%s' block", 294},
{"%c%s found outside of an insertion block", 295},
{"Missing `}' in %cdef arg", 296},
{"Function", 297},
{"Macro", 298},
{"Special Form", 299},
{"Variable", 300},
{"User Option", 301},
{"Instance Variable", 302},
{"Method", 303},
{"Must be in a `%s' insertion in order to use `%s'x", 304},
{"%csp requires a positive numeric argument", 305},
{"asis", 306},
{"none", 307},
{"Bad argument to %c%s", 308},
{"Unknown index `%s'", 309},
{"Index `%s' already exists", 310},
{"Unknown index `%s' and/or `%s' in @synindex", 311},
{"Unknown index `%s' in @printindex", 312},
{"\
* Menu:\n\
\n", 313},
{"`%c%s' needs an argument `{...}', not just `%s'", 314},
{"No closing brace for footnote `%s'", 315},
{"Footnote defined without parent node", 316},
{"-Footnotes", 317},
{"\
---------- Footnotes ----------\n\
\n", 318},
{"macro `%s' previously defined", 319},
{"here is the previous definition of `%s'", 320},
{"Macro `%s' called with too many args", 321},
{"%cend macro not found", 322},
{"%cquote-arg only useful when the macro takes a single argument", 323},
{"ignoring stray text `%s' after @multitable", 324},
{"Too many columns in multitable item (max %d)", 325},
{"multitable item not in active multitable", 326},
{"Cannot select column #%d in multitable", 327},
{"ignoring @tab outside of multitable", 328},
{"** Multicolumn output from last row:\n", 329},
{"* column #%d: output = %s\n", 330},
{"virtual memory exhausted", 331},
{"%s: warning: ", 332},
{" for %s", 333},
{"\tTry `%s --help' for a complete list of options.\n", 334},
{"\
%s [OPTION]... [INFO-FILE [DIR-FILE]]\n\
Install INFO-FILE in the Info directory file DIR-FILE.\n\
\n\
Options:\n\
--delete Delete existing entries in INFO-FILE;\n\
don't insert any new entries.\n\
--dir-file=NAME Specify file name of Info directory file.\n\
This is equivalent to using the DIR-FILE argument.\n\
--entry=TEXT Insert TEXT as an Info directory entry.\n\
TEXT should have the form of an Info menu item line\n\
plus zero or more extra lines starting with whitespace.\n\
If you specify more than one entry, they are all added.\n\
If you don't specify any entries, they are determined\n\
from information in the Info file itself.\n\
--help Display this help and exit.\n\
--info-file=FILE Specify Info file to install in the directory.\n\
This is equivalent to using the INFO-FILE argument.\n\
--info-dir=DIR Same as --dir-file=DIR/dir.\n\
--item=TEXT Same as --entry TEXT.\n\
An Info directory entry is actually a menu item.\n\
--quiet Suppress warnings.\n\
--remove Same as --delete.\n\
--section=SEC Put this file's entries in section SEC of the directory.\n\
If you specify more than one section, all the entries\n\
are added in each of the sections.\n\
If you don't specify any sections, they are determined\n\
from information in the Info file itself.\n\
--version Display version information and exit.\n\
\n\
Email bug reports to bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu.\n", 335},
{"\
This is the file .../info/dir, which contains the\n\
topmost node of the Info hierarchy, called (dir)Top.\n\
The first time you invoke Info you start off looking at this node.\n\
\n\
File: dir Node: Top This is the top of the INFO tree\n\
\n\
This (the Directory node) gives a menu of major topics.\n\
Typing \"q\" exits, \"?\" lists all Info commands, \"d\" returns here,\n\
\"h\" gives a primer for first-timers,\n\
\"mEmacs<Return>\" visits the Emacs manual, etc.\n\
\n\
In Emacs, you can click mouse button 2 on a menu item or cross reference\n\
to select it.\n\
\n\
* Menu:\n", 336},
{"%s: could not read (%s) and could not create (%s)\n", 337},
{"%s: Specify the Info directory only once.\n", 338},
{"%s: Specify the Info file only once.\n", 339},
{"install-info (GNU %s) %s\n", 340},
{"excess command line argument `%s'", 341},
{"No input file specified; try --help for more information.", 342},
{"No dir file specified; try --help for more information.", 343},
{"START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY without matching END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY", 344},
{"END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY without matching START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY", 345},
{"no info dir entry in `%s'", 346},
{"menu item `%s' already exists, for file `%s'", 347},
{"no entries found for `%s'; nothing deleted", 348},
{"keep temporary files around after processing", 349},
{"do not keep temporary files around after processing (default)", 350},
{"send output to FILE", 351},
{"display version information and exit", 352},
{"display this help and exit", 353},
{"Usage: %s [OPTION]... FILE...\n", 354},
{"Generate a sorted index for each TeX output FILE.\n", 355},
{"Usually FILE... is `foo.??' for a document `foo.texi'.\n", 356},
{"\
\n\
Options:\n", 357},
{"\
\n\
Email bug reports to bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu.", 358},
{"texindex (GNU %s %s) 2.1\n", 359},
{"%s: not a texinfo index file", 360},
{"failure reopening %s", 361},
{"entry %s follows an entry with a secondary name", 362},
{"%s; for file `%s'.\n", 363},
{"Virtual memory exhausted in %s ()! Needed %d bytes.", 364},
};

BIN
texinfo/po/de.gmo Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.

2233
texinfo/po/de.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

BIN
texinfo/po/fr.gmo Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.

2445
texinfo/po/fr.po Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1
texinfo/po/stamp-cat-id Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1 @@
timestamp

1832
texinfo/po/texinfo.pot Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1
texinfo/stamp-h.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1 @@
timestamp

23
texinfo/util/Makefile.am Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
## Makefile.am for texinfo/util.
## $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.1 1998/03/23 04:43:11 law Exp $
## Run automake in .. to produce Makefile.in from this.
bin_PROGRAMS = texindex
bin_SCRIPTS = texi2dvi
## CYGNUS LOCAL: Build install-inf locally, and install it as
## install-info, to avoid confusing with the install-info target
## generated by automake --cygnus.
noinst_PROGRAMS = install-inf
install_inf_SOURCES = install-info.c
localedir = $(datadir)/locale
INCLUDES = -I$(top_srcdir)/lib -I../intl -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\"
LDADD = ../lib/libtxi.a @INTLLIBS@
EXTRA_DIST = README deref.c fixfonts gen-dir-node tex3patch texi2dvi \
update-info
install-exec-local: $(noinst_PROGRAMS)
$(mkinstalldirs) $(bindir)
$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) install-inf$(EXEEXT) $(bindir)/`echo install-info$(EXEEXT)|sed '$(transform)'`; \

3
texinfo/util/README Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
Assorted Texinfo-related programs and scripts.
texindex, texi2dvi, and install-info get installed.
The other programs are for your amusement.

875
texinfo/util/update-info Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,875 @@
#!/bin/sh
# update-info -- update dir file from all extant info pages.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, you can either send email to this
# program's maintainer or write to: The Free Software Foundation,
# Inc.; 59 Temple Place, Suite 330; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
#
# Author: rhawes@dmapub.dma.org. Please report bugs to him.
#
# run this program to install update-info
# ###SECTION 0### install script
# These constants set the version numbers for both files:
PROGRAM_VERSION="1.4"
PACKAGE_VERSION="4.0"
# ENVIRONMENT
if test -z "$TMPDIR"; then
TMPDIR="/usr/tmp"
fi
TMP_SED="$TMPDIR/uss$$.info"
TMP_F_ADD_SECTION="$TMPDIR/ufa$$.info"
TMP_F_DELETE_INVALID="$TMPDIR/ufd$$.info"
TMP_F_INSERT_MISSING="$TMPDIR/ufi$$.info"
TMP_FILES="$TMP_SED $TMP_F_ADD_SECTION $TMP_F_DELETE_INVALID\
$TMP_F_INSERT_MISSING"
trap 'rm -f $TMP_FILES' 0
# file boundaries
UPDATE_INFO="/^# _file: 'update-info'_/"
UPDATE_INFO_F="/^# _file: 'update-info.f'_/"
# @F_ADD_SECTION@
echo 'Item_Num=`expr "$Item_Num" + "1"`
echo "$1">>"$TMP_SECTIONS"
if test "$Item_Status"; then
Item_Status=`echo "${Item_Status}
X"`
else
Item_Status="X"
fi '>$TMP_F_ADD_SECTION
# @F_INSERT_MISSING@
echo 'if test -z "$Create_Node"; then
rm -f ${Info_Node}.old
cp $Info_Node ${Info_Node}.old
echo "$BACKUP_MSG"
fi
echo "/$MENU_BEGIN/
+,$ d
r $TMP_MENU
w
q"|ed -s $Info_Node>/dev/null'>$TMP_F_INSERT_MISSING
# @F_DELETE_INVALID@
echo '
rm -f ${Info_Node}.old
cp $Info_Node ${Info_Node}.old
echo "$BACKUP_MSG"
echo "/$MENU_BEGIN/
+,$ d
w
q"|ed -s $Info_Node>/dev/null
sed -f "$TMP_SED" "$TMP_MENU">>"$Info_Node"'>$TMP_F_DELETE_INVALID
cat<<Sed_Script_EOF>$TMP_SED
s/@UPDATE_INFO_VERSION@/$PROGRAM_VERSION/g
s/@TEXINFO_VERSION@/$PACKAGE_VERSION/g
s/@SET_ITEM@/Item_Status=\`echo "\$Item_Status"|sed -e "\${1}s%^.*%\${2}%"\`/
/@F_ADD_SECTION@/r $TMP_F_ADD_SECTION
/@F_ADD_SECTION@/d
/@F_DELETE_INVALID@/r $TMP_F_DELETE_INVALID
/@F_DELETE_INVALID@/d
/@F_INSERT_MISSING@/r $TMP_F_INSERT_MISSING
/@F_INSERT_MISSING@/d
Sed_Script_EOF
sed -e "1,${UPDATE_INFO}d" -e "$UPDATE_INFO_F,\$d" -f $TMP_SED $0>update-info
sed -e "1,${UPDATE_INFO_F}d" -f $TMP_SED $0>update-info.f
chmod +x update-info update-info.f
echo "installed update-info, and update-info.f into `pwd`"
rm -f $TMP_FILES
exit
# _file: 'update-info'_
#!/bin/sh
#update-info (GNU texinfo @TEXINFO_VERSION@) @UPDATE_INFO_VERSION@
#Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#update-info comes with NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
#You may redistribute copies of update-info
#under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
#For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING."
#Author: Richard L. Hawes
# ###SECTION 1### Constants
set -h 2>/dev/null
# ENVIRONMENT
if test -z "$TMPDIR"; then
TMPDIR="/usr/tmp"
fi
if test -z "$LINES"; then
LINES=24
fi
if test -z "$COLUMNS"; then
COLUMNS=80
fi
if test -z "$EDITOR"; then
EDITOR=vi
fi
if test -z "$LINENO"; then
LINENO="0"
fi
# constants redefined by update-info.f
PROMPT1="(y=yes, Y=yes to all, n=no, N=No to all):"
FUNCTIONS=""
#
ARGUMENTS="$*"
DISPLAY_NUM=`expr "$LINES" - 4`
CONTROL_D="{Ctrl-D}"
DIR_SECTION="^INFO-DIR-SECTION"
ENTRY_END="^END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY"
ENTRY_START="^START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY"
MENU_BEGIN='^\*\([ ]\)\{1,\}Menu:'
MENU_ITEM='^\* ([^ ]).*:([ ])+\('
SECTION_TITLE="^[A-Za-z0-9]"
MENU_FILTER1='s/^\*\([ ]\)\{1,\}/* /'
MENU_FILTER2='s/\([ ]\)\{1,\}$//g'
TMP_ITEM="${TMPDIR}/ui${$}.info"
TMP_LIST="${TMPDIR}/ul${$}.info"
TMP_MENU="${TMPDIR}/um${$}.info"
TMP_SECTIONS="${TMPDIR}/us${$}.info" # used only in Detect_Missing
TMP_SED="$TMP_SECTIONS" # used only in Detect_Invalid routines
TMP_FILE1="${TMPDIR}/ux${$}.info"
TMP_FILE2="${TMPDIR}/uy${$}.info"
TMP_COUNT="$TMP_FILE2"
TMP_FILE_LIST="$TMP_LIST $TMP_MENU $TMP_SECTIONS $TMP_FILE1 $TMP_FILE2\
$TMP_ITEM"
TRY_HELP_MSG="Try --help for more information"
if zcat --version 2>/dev/null>/dev/null; then
CAT_COMMAND="zcat -f"
else
echo "$0:$LINENO: GNU zcat not found">&2
CAT_COMMAND="cat"
fi
# ###SECTION 100### main program
#variables set by options
Create_Node=""
Debug=":"
Interactive=""
Load_Functions="y"
Mode=""
#
Inserts="0"
Inserts_Total="0"
Invalid="0"
Invalid_Total="0"
Changed=""
while test "$*"
do
case "$1" in
-c) Create_Node="y";;
-ci|-ic) Create_Node="y"; Interactive="y";;
-cif|-cfi|-ifc|-icf|-fci|-fic) Create_Node="y"
Interactive="y"; Load_Functions="";;
--debug) set -eux; Debug="set>&2";;
-d|--delete) Mode="Detect_Invalid";;
-f) Load_Functions="";;
-i|--interactive) Interactive="y";;
-fi|-if) Load_Functions=""; Interactive="y";;
-id|-di) Mode="Detect_Invalid"; Interactive="y";;
+i|+d|+f);;
--version)
cat<<VersionEOF
update-info (GNU texinfo @TEXINFO_VERSION@) @UPDATE_INFO_VERSION@
Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
update-info comes with NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
You may redistribute copies of update-info
under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING.
Author: Richard L. Hawes
VersionEOF
exit;;
--help)
cat<<HelpEndOfFile
Usage: update-info [OPTION]... INFO_PATH/INFO_DIR_FILE
It detects and inserts missing menu items into the info node file.
Options:
-c create a new info node
--debug print debug information to standard error path
-d, --delete delete invalid menu items (ignore missing menu items)
-f do not load functions (file update-info.f)
--help print this help message and exit
-i, --interactive interactive mode prompts before inserting or removing
menu items
--version print current version and exit
Backup of the info node has a '.old' suffix added. This is a shell script.
Files: update-info.f -- contains functions (optional).
Environment Variables: COLUMNS, EDITOR, LINES, TMPDIR
Email bug reports to bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu.
HelpEndOfFile
exit;;
[-+]*) echo "$0:$LINENO: \"$1\" is not a valid option">&2
echo "$TRY_HELP_MSG">&2
exit 2;;
*) break;;
esac
shift
done
if test "$#" -lt "1"; then
echo "$0:$LINENO: Too few parameters">&2
echo "$TRY_HELP_MSG">&2
exit 2
elif test "$#" -gt "1"; then
echo "$0:$LINENO: Too many parameters">&2
echo "$TRY_HELP_MSG">&2
exit 2
fi
Info_Path="$1"
Info_Node=`basename "$Info_Path"`
if echo "$Info_Node"|grep ".*dir$">/dev/null; then
:
else
echo "$0:$LINENO: $Info_Node is not a valid info node name">&2
exit 2
fi
Info_Pathname=`dirname "$Info_Path"`
cd "$Info_Pathname"||exit
BACKUP_MSG="Backed up $Info_Node to ${Info_Node}.old."
HANGUP_MSG="Hang up on \"update-info $ARGUMENTS\""
INSERT_MSG="menu item(s) were inserted (not counting duplicates)."
INSERT_MSG2="total menu item(s) were inserted into `pwd`/$Info_Node"
DELETE_MSG="invalid menu item(s) were removed (not counting duplicates)."
DELETE_MSG2="total invalid menu item(s) were removed from `pwd`/$Info_Node"
if test "$Create_Node"; then
if test "$Mode"; then
echo "$0:$LINENO: ERROR: Illogical option combination: -d -c">&2
echo "$TRY_HELP_MSG">&2
exit 2
fi
if test -f "$Info_Node"; then
rm -f ${Info_Node}.old
mv "$Info_Node" "${Info_Node}.old"
echo "$BACKUP_MSG"
fi
echo "Creating new Info Node: `pwd`/$Info_Node"
cat>$Info_Node<<NodeEndOfFile||exit
This is the file .../info/dir, which contains the topmost node of the
Info hierarchy. The first time you invoke Info you start off
looking at that node, which is (dir)Top.

File: dir Node: Top This is the top of the INFO tree
This (the Directory node) gives a menu of major topics.
Typing "d" returns here, "q" exits, "?" lists all INFO commands, "h"
gives a primer for first-timers, "mTexinfo<Return>" visits Texinfo topic,
etc.
Or click mouse button 2 on a menu item or cross reference to select it.
--- PLEASE ADD DOCUMENTATION TO THIS TREE. (See INFO topic first.) ---
* Menu: The list of major topics begins on the next line.
NodeEndOfFile
else
if test ! -f "$Info_Node"; then
echo "$0:$LINENO: $Info_Node is irregular or nonexistant">&2
exit 2
elif test ! -r "$Info_Node"; then
echo "$0:$LINENO: $Info_Node is not readable">&2
exit 2
elif test ! -w "$Info_Node"; then
echo "$0:$LINENO: $Info_Node is not writeable">&2
exit 2
fi
fi
if test "$Load_Functions" -a "$Interactive" -a -z "$Mode"; then
if FUNCTIONS_VERSION=`( update-info.f )`; then
if test `echo "$FUNCTIONS_VERSION"\
|cut -d' ' -f5` = "@UPDATE_INFO_VERSION@"; then
echo "Loading functions..."
. update-info.f
else
echo "$0:$LINENO: wrong version of update-info.f">&2
echo "(functions were not loaded)">&2
fi
else
echo "(functions were not loaded)">&2
fi
fi
trap ' eval "$Debug"; rm -f $TMP_FILE_LIST; exit ' 0
if test "$Interactive"; then
if test ! -t "1"; then
echo "$0:$LINENO: Cannot run in interactive mode "\
"standard out is redirected">&2
exit 2
fi
trap ' ' 2 3
else
trap ' rm -f $TMP_FILE_LIST
echo "$0:$LINENO: received INT signal. All edits are canceled.">&2
exit ' 2
trap ' rm -f $TMP_FILE_LIST
echo "$0:$LINENO: received QUIT signal. All edits are canceled.">&2
exit ' 3
fi
if test -z "$Mode"; then
trap '
if test "$Changed"; then
{
echo $HANGUP_MSG
@F_INSERT_MISSING@
Inserts_Total=`wc -c<"$TMP_COUNT"`
echo $Inserts_Total $INSERT_MSG2
}|mail "$LOGNAME"
fi
rm -f $TMP_FILE_LIST
exit ' 1
else
trap '
if test "$Changed"; then
{
echo $HANGUP_MSG
@F_DELETE_INVALID@
Invalid_Total=`wc -l<"$TMP_SED"`
echo $Invalid_Total $DELETE_MSG2
}|mail $LOGNAME
fi
rm -f $TMP_FILE_LIST
exit ' 1
fi
sed -e "1,/$MENU_BEGIN/d" -e "$MENU_FILTER1" -e "$MENU_FILTER2"<$Info_Node\
|tee $TMP_MENU\
|sed -n -e '/\* /{
s/).*$//g
s/\.gz$//
s/\.info$//
s/^.*(//p
}'|sort -u>$TMP_FILE1
ls -F|sed -e '/\/$/d' -e '/[-.][0-9]/d'\
-e '/:$/d' -e '/^$/d' -e "/^${Info_Node}~\$/d"\
-e "/^${Info_Node}\$/d" -e "/^${Info_Node}.old\$/d"\
-e 's/\.gz$//' -e 's/\.info$//'|sort>$TMP_FILE2
if test -z "$Mode"; then
#Detect Missing
comm -13 $TMP_FILE1 $TMP_FILE2>$TMP_LIST
cat</dev/null>$TMP_COUNT
#get sections, initialize variables
sed -n -e "/$SECTION_TITLE/p" "$TMP_MENU">"$TMP_SECTIONS"
Item_Num=`wc -l<"$TMP_SECTIONS"|tr -d ' '`
Item_Status=`echo\
|awk "BEGIN{for(i=1;i<=${Item_Num};i++)printf(\"_\n\")}"`
Item_Dir="$Item_Num"
for Info_Name in `cat $TMP_LIST`
do
if test -r "$Info_Name"; then
Info_File="$Info_Name"
elif test -r "${Info_Name}.info"; then
Info_File="${Info_Name}.info"
elif test -r "${Info_Name}.gz"; then
Info_File="${Info_Name}.gz"
elif test -r "${Info_Name}.info.gz"; then
Info_File="${Info_Name}.info.gz"
else
echo "$0:$LINENO: can't find info file for ${Info_Name}?">&2
fi
#generate menu item
echo|tr -d '\012'>$TMP_FILE1
eval $CAT_COMMAND "$Info_File"\
|sed -n -e "/$DIR_SECTION/w $TMP_FILE1"\
-e "/$ENTRY_START/,/$ENTRY_END/{
$MENU_FILTER1
p
}"|awk "BEGIN{Mode=0}
/^$/{if(Mode==1)exit}
/^([ ])+([^ ])+/{if(Mode==1)print}
/^[^ ]/{if(Mode==1)exit}
/${MENU_ITEM}${Info_Name}\)\./{if(Mode==0){Mode++
print}
else
exit}">"$TMP_ITEM"
if test ! -s "$TMP_ITEM"; then
echo "* $Info_Name: ($Info_Name).">"$TMP_ITEM"
fi
Item_Status=`echo "$Item_Status"|sed -e '1,$s/^./_/'`
if test -s "$TMP_FILE1"; then
Item_Section=`sed -e "s/$DIR_SECTION[ ]*//"\
<$TMP_FILE1`
else
Item_Section=`echo "Miscellaneous"`
fi
Size=`echo "$Item_Section"|wc -l|tr -d ' '`
# initialize variables, check for new sections
Num1=1
while test "$Num1" -le "$Size"
do
Item=`echo "$Item_Section"|sed -n -e "${Num1}p"`
if Num=`grep -in "^$Item$" "$TMP_SECTIONS"`; then
Num=`echo "$Num"|sed -e 's/:.*$//g'`
##F#Set_Item
set "$Num" "X"
@SET_ITEM@
else
set "$Item"
@F_ADD_SECTION@
fi
Num1=`expr "$Num1" + "1"`
done
if test "$Interactive"; then
echo "$Item_Section"
cat "$TMP_ITEM"
echo "add menu item for $Info_File? "
while true
do
echo "$PROMPT1"|tr -d '\012'
read Answer
case $Answer in
y) break;;
e)
if test "$FUNCTIONS"; then
Select_Sections
break
else
echo "Can't edit. "\
"Functions are not loaded.">&2
fi;;
Y) Interactive=""; break;;
n) continue 2;;
N) break 2;;
*) echo "\"$Answer\" "\
"is an invalid response">&2;;
esac
done
fi
if echo "$Item_Status"|grep '^X'>/dev/null; then
# edit $TMP_MENU
Changed="y"
(
trap ' ' 1 2 3
Tmp_Var=`echo "$Item_Status"|tr -d '\012'`
Key=`awk -F':' ' FNR==1{ print $1}' $TMP_ITEM`
# add new sections to 'dir' file
if test "$Item_Num" -gt "$Item_Dir"; then
if test "$Item_Dir" -ne "0"; then
sed -e "1,${Item_Dir}d" -e 'i\
' "$TMP_SECTIONS">>"$TMP_MENU"
else
sed -e 'i\
' "$TMP_SECTIONS">>"$TMP_MENU"
fi
fi
# awk determines the insertion points for each section
awk -F":" "function Insert(Line){
if(Mode==2){
Mode=1;if(substr(\"$Tmp_Var\",Item++,1)==\"X\")
print Line
}
}
BEGIN{Mode=1;Item=1}
/$SECTION_TITLE/{Insert(FNR-1);if(Mode>=1)Mode=2}
/${MENU_ITEM}.*\)\./{if(\$1>Item_Name)Insert(FNR-1)}
/^$/{Insert(FNR-1)}
END{Insert(FNR)}" Item_Name="$Key" "$TMP_MENU"\
|sort -nr|sed -e "s%\$% r $TMP_ITEM%"|sed -e '$a\
w
' -e '$a\
q
'|ed -s "$TMP_MENU"
echo "$Item_Status"|tr -cd "X">>$TMP_COUNT
)
Inserts=`expr "$Inserts" + "1"`
echo "$Info_File installed into section(s):"\
|tr -d '\012'
echo "$Item_Status"|awk '/X/{printf(" %d", FNR)}'
echo
Item_Dir="$Item_Num"
else
echo "$Info_File not installed (no section selected)"
fi
done
# print summary
trap ' ' 1 2 3
if test "$Changed"; then
@F_INSERT_MISSING@
Inserts_Total=`wc -c<"$TMP_COUNT"|tr -d " "`
if test "$Inserts" -ne "$Inserts_Total"; then
echo "$Inserts $INSERT_MSG"
fi
echo "$Inserts_Total $INSERT_MSG2"
fi
else
# Detect Invalid
cat</dev/null>"$TMP_SED"
comm -23 $TMP_FILE1 $TMP_FILE2>$TMP_LIST
for Info_Name in `cat $TMP_LIST`
do
if test "$Interactive"; then
# display invalid menu item(s)
awk "BEGIN{Mode=1}
/^([ ])+([^ ])+/{if(Mode==2)print}
/^$/{if(Mode==2)Mode=1}
/$SECTION_TITLE/{Section=\$0}
/^[^ ]/{if(Mode==2)Mode=1}
/${MENU_ITEM}${Info_Name}\)\./{if(Mode==1){Mode++
print Section
print}}" $TMP_MENU
echo "delete menu item for $Info_Name? "
while true
do
echo\
"(y=yes, n=no, Y=yes to all, N=No to all):"\
|tr -d '\012'
read Answer
case "$Answer" in
y) break;;
Y) Interactive=""; break;;
n) continue 2;;
N) break 2;;
*) echo "\"$Answer\" "\
"is an invalid reponse">&2;;
esac
done
fi
# remove menu item from $TMP_MENU
Invalid=`expr "$Invalid" + "1"`
Changed="y"
(
trap ' ' 1 2 3
echo\
"invalid menu item for $Info_Name removed from section(s):"\
|tr -d '\012'
awk "function Delete(Last){
printf(\"%d,%dd\n\",First,Last-1)>>\"$TMP_SED\"}
BEGIN{Mode=1;Section=0}
/^$/{if(Mode==2){Delete(FNR);Mode=1}}
/$SECTION_TITLE/{Section++}
/^[^ ]/{if(Mode==2){Delete(FNR);Mode=1}}
/${MENU_ITEM}${Info_Name}\)\./{if(Mode==1){
First=FNR;printf(\" %d\",Section);Mode=2}}
END{if(Mode==2)Delete(FNR+1)}" $TMP_MENU
echo
)
done
# display a summary
trap ' ' 1 2 3
if test "$Changed"; then
Invalid_Total=`wc -l<"$TMP_SED"|tr -d ' '`
@F_DELETE_INVALID@
if test "$Invalid" -ne "$Invalid_Total"; then
echo "$Invalid $DELETE_MSG"
fi
echo "$Invalid_Total $DELETE_MSG2"
fi
fi
if test -z "$Changed"; then
echo "Nothing to do"
fi
rm -f $TMP_FILE_LIST
eval "$Debug"
exit 0
# _file: 'update-info.f'_
#update-info.f (GNU texinfo @TEXINFO_VERSION@) @UPDATE_INFO_VERSION@
#Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#update-info comes with NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
#You may redistribute copies of update-info
#under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
#For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING."
#Author: Richard L. Hawes
# update-info.f functions for update-info
# ###SECTION 1### functions used to insert missing menu items
Set_Item (){
# set item status
@SET_ITEM@
}
Add_Section (){
# add a section
@F_ADD_SECTION@
}
# ###SECTION 2### functions for menu selection of sections
Print (){
# print a line without a linefeed
echo "$*"|tr -d '\012'
}
Get_Answer (){
# get an answer to question
_gs_Valid="$1"
_gs_Prompt="$2"
set -f
Answer=""
while test -z "$Answer"
do
Print "$_gs_Prompt"
if read Answer; then
:
else
Answer="$CONTROL_D"
echo
fi
if expr "$Answer" : "[$_gs_Valid]$">/dev/null; then
:
else
Print "\"$Answer\" is not a valid response! --">&2
Answer=""
fi
done
set +f
}
Do_Previous (){
# go to previous screen
if test "$Previous"; then
Next="$Top_Item"
Top_Item="$Previous"
if Previous=`expr "$Top_Item" - "$DISPLAY_NUM"`; then
if test "$Previous" -le "0"; then
Previous=""
fi
else
Previous=""
fi
elif test "$Next"; then
Last_Page
else
Print "There is no previous page. ">&2
fi
}
Do_Next (){
# process go to next
if test "$Next"; then
Previous="$Top_Item"
Top_Item="$Next"
Set_Next
elif test "$Previous"; then
Top_Item="1"
Previous=""
Set_Next
else
Print "There is no next page. ">&2
fi
}
Do_Add_Section (){
# process add section command
echo
echo "Please enter the name of the new section:"
if read Answer; then
Answer=`echo "$Answer"\
|sed -e 's/^\([ ]\)\{1,\}//g' -e "$MENU_FILTER2"`
if test "$Answer"; then
Add_Section "$Answer"
Last_Page
clear
fi
else
Answer=""
fi
if test -z "$Answer"; then
clear
Print "no section added. "
fi
}
Do_Edit (){
# process edit item command
if test -t "2"; then
_de_Done=""
cp "$TMP_ITEM" "$TMP_FILE1"
while test -z "$_de_Done"
do
eval $EDITOR "$TMP_FILE1"
clear
_de_Done="t"
if sed -n -e "$MENU_FILTER1" -e '1p' "$TMP_FILE1"\
|egrep "${MENU_ITEM}${Info_Name}\)\.">/dev/null; then
:
else
sed -n -e '1p' "$TMP_FILE1"
echo "Pattern mismatch: `echo\
"/${MENU_ITEM}${Info_Name}\)\./"\
|tr -d "\011"`">&2
echo
_de_Done=""
fi
if sed -n -e '2,$p' "$TMP_FILE1"|grep '^[^ ]'>&2; then
echo "These lines must have leading spaces">&2
echo
_de_Done=""
fi
if test -z "$_de_Done"; then
Get_Answer "yn" "Invalid entry, cancel edits? (y or n):"
if test "y" = "$Answer"; then
clear
Print "Canceling edits -- invalid entry ">&2
_de_Done="t"
fi
else
sed -e "$MENU_FILTER1" -e "$MENU_FILTER2" -e '/^$/d'\
<"$TMP_FILE1">"$TMP_ITEM"
fi
done
else
Print "editor cannot run with error path redirected "
fi
}
Do_Number (){
# process number
_dn_Num="$1"
if test "$_dn_Num" -ge 1 -a "$_dn_Num" -le "$Item_Num"; then
if test `echo "$Item_Status"|sed -n -e "${_dn_Num}p"` = "_"; then
Set_Item "$_dn_Num" "X"
else
Set_Item "$_dn_Num" "_"
fi
else
Print "\"$_dn_Num\" is an invalid section number. ">&2
fi
}
Do_Help (){
# process menu help
echo
echo "\
Enter the following commands seperated
by spaces and terminated by<ENTER>:
# : (section number) toggle section
a : add a new section
e : edit item -- changes will not be
accepted if you change the
'(info_file_name).' or delete
the key parts: '*' 'Menu Name' ':'
h : get this help screen
n : next page
p : previous page
q : quit and do not put into menu
s : save and put into menu"
Print "Press enter to continue:"
read junk
clear
}
Set_Next (){
# determine value of Next
Next=`expr "$DISPLAY_NUM" + "$Top_Item"`
if test "$Next" -gt "$Item_Num"; then
Next=""
fi
}
Last_Page (){
# go to last page of menu
Top_Item=`echo|awk "BEGIN{printf(\"%d\",
int((${Item_Num}-1)/${DISPLAY_NUM})*${DISPLAY_NUM}+1)}"`
if test "$Top_Item" -gt "$DISPLAY_NUM"; then
Previous=`expr "$Top_Item" '-' "$DISPLAY_NUM"`
else
Previous=""
fi
Set_Next
}
Select_Sections (){
# prompt user for which sections
set -f
Top_Item="1"
Previous=""
Set_Next
clear
echo "Default sections are selected."
Done=""
while test -z "$Done"
do
awk "FNR==1{printf(\"%s\n\", substr(\$0,1,${COLUMNS}))}" $TMP_ITEM
Tmp_Var=`echo "$Item_Status"|tr -d '\012'`
awk "BEGIN{Max=$Top_Item+$DISPLAY_NUM}
FNR>=$Top_Item{if(FNR>=Max)exit
printf(\"%2d:%s %s\n\",FNR,substr(\"$Tmp_Var\",FNR,1),
substr(\$0,1,${COLUMNS}-5))}" "$TMP_SECTIONS"
echo "Enter 1-${Item_Num}, add, edit, help,"
if test "$Previous" -o "$Next"; then
Print "next, previous, "
fi
Print "quit, save :"
read Command_List||Command_List="$CONTROL_D"
Command_List=`echo "$Command_List"\
|tr '\011' ' '|tr ' ' '\012'|sed -e "/^$/d"`
clear
if test -z "$Command_List"; then
Help="y"
else
Help=""
fi
while test "$Command_List"
do
Command=`echo "$Command_List"|sed -n -e '1p'`
Command_List=`echo "$Command_List"|sed -e '1d'`
case "$Command" in
[0-9]|[0-9][0-9]) Do_Number "$Command";;
n*) Do_Next;;
p*) Do_Previous;;
a*) Do_Add_Section;;
e*) Do_Edit; break;;
h*) Help="y";;
s*) Done="s"; break;;
q*) Done="q"
Item_Status=`echo "$Item_Status"|sed -e '1,$s/^./_/'`
break;;
*) Print "$Command is not a valid command. ">&2
Help="y";;
esac
done
if test "$Help"; then
Do_Help
fi
echo
done
set +f
# if new sections added, remove unused ones
if test "$Item_Num" -gt "$Item_Dir"; then
Tmp_Var=`echo "$Item_Status"|awk "FNR>$Item_Dir{
if(\\$0==\"_\")printf(\"%d\n\", FNR)}"`
if test "$Tmp_Var"; then
Tmp_Var1=`echo "$Tmp_Var"|sed -e 's/$/d/'`
sed -e "$Tmp_Var1" "$TMP_SECTIONS">$TMP_FILE1
cp $TMP_FILE1 "$TMP_SECTIONS"
Item_Status=`echo "$Item_Status"|sed -e "$Tmp_Var1"`
Tmp_Var=""
Tmp_Var1=""
Item_Num=`wc -l<"$TMP_SECTIONS"|tr -d ' '`
fi
fi
}
# ###SECTION 100### Constants that redefine
PROMPT1="(y=yes, e=edit, Y=yes to all, n=no, N=No to all):"
FUNCTIONS="y"
#
echo "update-info.f (GNU texinfo @TEXINFO_VERSION@) @UPDATE_INFO_VERSION@"